TW202323387A - Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards, and electronic devices - Google Patents

Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards, and electronic devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202323387A
TW202323387A TW111138368A TW111138368A TW202323387A TW 202323387 A TW202323387 A TW 202323387A TW 111138368 A TW111138368 A TW 111138368A TW 111138368 A TW111138368 A TW 111138368A TW 202323387 A TW202323387 A TW 202323387A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
phenolic hydroxyl
polyimide resin
hydroxyl group
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW111138368A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI823606B (en
Inventor
阪口豪
曽根田裕士
宇佐勇貴
若田部悟史
和田英樹
Original Assignee
日商東洋油墨Sc控股股份有限公司
日商東洋科美股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東洋油墨Sc控股股份有限公司, 日商東洋科美股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東洋油墨Sc控股股份有限公司
Publication of TW202323387A publication Critical patent/TW202323387A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI823606B publication Critical patent/TWI823606B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G18/00Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
    • C08G18/06Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
    • C08G18/28Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
    • C08G18/40High-molecular-weight compounds
    • C08G18/64Macromolecular compounds not provided for by groups C08G18/42 - C08G18/63
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/40Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the curing agents used
    • C08G59/62Alcohols or phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G65/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G65/34Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from hydroxy compounds or their metallic derivatives
    • C08G65/38Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from hydroxy compounds or their metallic derivatives derived from phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/15Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen in the ring
    • C08K5/151Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen in the ring having one oxygen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/1515Three-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/29Compounds containing one or more carbon-to-nitrogen double bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J179/00Adhesives based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09J161/00 - C09J177/00
    • C09J179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09J179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/35Heat-activated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

A heat-curable composition comprising: a polyimide resin (A) which has a repeating unit of general formula (1), has a phenolic hydroxyl group, and has a storage modulus G' of 1.0*107 Pa at a temperature of 0-90 DEG C, at least some of the X2 moieties having residues X2d derived from a dimer diamine, etc.; and a crosslinking agent (B) having two or more functional groups. The crosslinking agent (B) includes one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of epoxidized compounds (b1), cyanate ester compounds (b2), etc., these compounds being contained in an amount of 0.5-10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin (A).

Description

熱硬化性組成物、接著片、印刷配線板及電子機器Thermosetting composition, adhesive sheet, printed wiring board and electronic equipment

本發明是有關於一種包含聚醯亞胺樹脂的熱硬化性組成物。另外,本發明是有關於一種包含熱硬化性組成物的接著片、以及使用該接著片而形成的印刷配線板及電子機器。The present invention relates to a thermosetting composition containing polyimide resin. In addition, the present invention relates to an adhesive sheet including a thermosetting composition, and a printed wiring board and electronic equipment formed using the adhesive sheet.

聚醯亞胺樹脂由於耐熱性及耐化學品性優異,因此多用於以電氣絕緣領域、電子領域為代表的廣泛領域中。例如,於專利文獻1中揭示如下方法:藉由噴墨塗佈將含有具有特定結構的醯胺酸的熱硬化性油墨組成物製成塗膜,並對其進行硬化處理而獲得聚醯亞胺膜。另外,於專利文獻2中揭示一種包含末端改質聚醯亞胺、交聯劑、以及有機溶劑的聚醯亞胺系接著劑。於該末端改質聚醯亞胺中使用作為包含芳香族四羧酸酐及二聚物二胺的單體群組的反應產物的酸酐基末端聚醯亞胺、與一級單胺的反應產物。Since polyimide resins are excellent in heat resistance and chemical resistance, they are widely used in a wide range of fields including the electrical insulation field and the electronic field. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a method of forming a coating film from a thermosetting ink composition containing an amide acid having a specific structure by inkjet coating, and curing it to obtain a polyimide membrane. In addition, Patent Document 2 discloses a polyimide-based adhesive comprising a terminal-modified polyimide, a crosslinking agent, and an organic solvent. A reaction product of an acid anhydride group-terminated polyimide, which is a reaction product of a monomer group including an aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydride and a dimer diamine, and a primary monoamine is used for the terminal-modified polyimide.

於專利文獻3中揭示一種聚醯亞胺系接著劑組成物,其包含使芳香族四羧酸類及含有特定量的二聚物二胺的二胺類反應而成的聚醯亞胺樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、阻燃劑、以及有機溶劑。另外,揭示一種聚醯亞胺系接著劑組成物,其使用在該聚醯亞胺樹脂中進一步利用含有特定量的二聚物二胺的二胺類進行鏈伸長而成的聚醯亞胺樹脂。於專利文獻4中揭示一種樹脂膜,其含有使四羧酸酐成分與具有二聚物結構的二胺成分反應而獲得的聚醯亞胺,並顯示出特定的介電特性。於專利文獻5中揭示一種樹脂組成物,其包含聚醯亞胺樹脂、環氧樹脂及可使環氧基硬化的硬化劑,所述聚醯亞胺樹脂含有脂肪族、脂環族及/或芳香族四羧酸殘基、與包含二聚物二胺的二胺殘基。於專利文獻6中揭示一種聚醯亞胺樹脂,其是聚醯胺酸樹脂的醯亞胺化物,所述聚醯胺酸樹脂是胺基苯酚化合物、脂肪族二胺基化合物、四元酸二酐及芳香族二胺基化合物的反應產物,且於兩末端具有胺基。另外,揭示一種含有使用該聚醯亞胺樹脂而獲得的末端改質聚醯亞胺樹脂的樹脂組成物。於專利文獻7中揭示一種含有硬化性樹脂與硬化劑(包含醯亞胺寡聚物)的硬化性樹脂組成物。且記載如下內容:該硬化性樹脂組成物的Tg較佳為0℃以上且未滿25℃,硬化後較佳為100℃以上且未滿250℃。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻] Patent Document 3 discloses a polyimide-based adhesive composition comprising a polyimide resin obtained by reacting aromatic tetracarboxylic acids and diamines containing a specific amount of dimer diamine, heat Hardening resins, flame retardants, and organic solvents. In addition, a polyimide-based adhesive composition using a polyimide resin in which chain extension is further performed by diamines containing a specific amount of dimer diamine in the polyimide resin is disclosed. . Patent Document 4 discloses a resin film containing polyimide obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic anhydride component and a diamine component having a dimer structure, and exhibiting specific dielectric properties. A resin composition is disclosed in Patent Document 5, which includes a polyimide resin, an epoxy resin, and a hardener that can harden the epoxy group. The polyimide resin contains aliphatic, alicyclic and/or An aromatic tetracarboxylic acid residue, and a diamine residue including dimer diamine. A polyimide resin is disclosed in Patent Document 6, which is an imide compound of a polyamide acid resin. The polyamide acid resin is an aminophenol compound, an aliphatic diamine compound, a tetrabasic acid diamine The reaction product of an anhydride and an aromatic diamine-based compound, and has amine groups at both ends. In addition, a resin composition including an end-modified polyimide resin obtained by using the polyimide resin is disclosed. Patent Document 7 discloses a curable resin composition containing a curable resin and a curing agent (including an imide oligomer). In addition, it is described that the Tg of the curable resin composition is preferably 0°C or more and less than 25°C, and after curing is preferably 100°C or more and less than 250°C. [Prior art literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2013-032501號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2016-191049號公報 [專利文獻3]日本專利特開2013-199645號公報 [專利文獻4]日本專利特開2020-056011號公報 [專利文獻5]日本專利特開2015-117278號公報 [專利文獻6]國際公開第2020/189354號 [專利文獻7]國際公開第2019/188436號 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-032501 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-191049 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-199645 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2020-056011 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-117278 [Patent Document 6] International Publication No. 2020/189354 [Patent Document 7] International Publication No. 2019/188436

[發明所欲解決之課題] 於電子零件製造時的鍍敷製程等中暴露於鹼水溶液或酸溶液的情況下,存在於構件間容易發生浮起或剝離的問題。例如,於專利文獻1所揭示的含醯胺酸的熱硬化性油墨組成物中,由於使用作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚醯胺酸,因此存在保存穩定性低的課題。另外,由於該油墨組成物使用高酸價的聚醯胺酸,因此存在耐鍍敷液性不足等課題。另外,於專利文獻2或專利文獻3所揭示的聚醯亞胺系接著劑中,存在耐鹼性不充分,於鹼水溶液暴露時容易發生接著劑層的剝離的問題。 [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] When exposed to an alkaline aqueous solution or an acid solution in a plating process during electronic component manufacture, there is a problem that floating or peeling easily occurs between members. For example, in the thermosetting ink composition containing amide acid disclosed in Patent Document 1, since polyamide acid which is a polyimide precursor is used, there is a problem of low storage stability. In addition, since this ink composition uses polyamic acid with a high acid value, there are problems such as insufficient plating solution resistance. In addition, the polyimide-based adhesive disclosed in Patent Document 2 or Patent Document 3 has insufficient alkali resistance, and there is a problem that the adhesive layer tends to peel off when exposed to an aqueous alkali solution.

另一方面,隨著近年來智慧型手機或平板終端機等電子機器的普及,要求於廣泛的溫度範圍下的可靠性。特別是要求對極端的溫度變化表現出高的絕緣可靠性(以下,為熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性)。例如,於專利文獻2所揭示的聚醯亞胺系接著劑中,於熱循環試驗後的電壓施加下容易發生離子遷移,容易發生短路,絕緣可靠性存在問題。於專利文獻4所揭示的含聚醯亞胺的樹脂膜或專利文獻5所揭示的樹脂組成物中,於熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性方面亦存在課題。On the other hand, with the popularization of electronic devices such as smartphones and tablet terminals in recent years, reliability in a wide temperature range is required. In particular, it is required to exhibit high insulation reliability against extreme temperature changes (hereinafter, insulation reliability after a thermal cycle test). For example, in the polyimide-based adhesive disclosed in Patent Document 2, ion migration is likely to occur under voltage application after a heat cycle test, and a short circuit is likely to occur, resulting in a problem in insulation reliability. In the polyimide-containing resin film disclosed in Patent Document 4 or the resin composition disclosed in Patent Document 5, there is also a problem in terms of insulation reliability after a heat cycle test.

進而,隨著近年來無線通訊的高速、大容量化的發展,具有低介電特性的液晶聚合物(LCP(Liquid Crystal Polymer))基材受到關注,市場上正在尋求與LCP基材的相容性良好的材料。但是,LCP基材於與熱硬化性片臨時貼合的層壓步驟中,存在容易產生臨時貼合不良的問題。例如,於專利文獻6所揭示的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物中,存在相對於LCP基材的層壓性不足的課題。另外,隨著智慧型手機或平板終端機等電子機器的薄型化,要求優異的彎曲性。Furthermore, with the development of high-speed and large-capacity wireless communication in recent years, liquid crystal polymer (LCP (Liquid Crystal Polymer)) substrates with low dielectric properties have attracted attention, and compatibility with LCP substrates is being sought in the market. Good material. However, in the lamination step of temporary bonding of the LCP substrate and the thermosetting sheet, there is a problem that temporary bonding defects are likely to occur. For example, in the polyimide resin composition disclosed in Patent Document 6, there is a problem of insufficient lamination properties with respect to an LCP substrate. In addition, as electronic devices such as smartphones and tablet terminals become thinner, excellent bendability is required.

本發明是鑒於所述背景而成者,其目的在於提供一種對LCP基材的層壓性優異、藉由本組成物的硬化而獲得耐鍍敷液性(耐鹼性及酸耐性)優異、彎曲性亦優異、且熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性優異的硬化物的熱硬化性組成物,接著片及使用該接著片而形成的印刷配線板以及電子機器。 [解決課題之手段] The present invention is made in view of the above-mentioned background, and its object is to provide an excellent lamination property to the LCP base material, which is excellent in plating solution resistance (alkali resistance and acid resistance) by curing the composition, and bendable. Thermosetting composition of cured product which is also excellent in performance and excellent in insulation reliability after thermal cycle test, adhesive sheet, printed wiring board and electronic equipment formed using the adhesive sheet. [Means to solve the problem]

本發明者等人反覆進行努力研究,結果發現於以下的形態中可解決本發明的課題,從而完成了本發明。 [1]:一種熱硬化性組成物,包含聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)、及具有兩個以上官能基的交聯劑(B),所述熱硬化性組成物中, 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)具有通式(1)所表示的結構的重複單元,且具有酚性羥基, [化1]

Figure 02_image001
(X 1於每個重複單元分別獨立地為四價四羧酸殘基,X 2於每個重複單元分別獨立地為二價有機基,所述X 1與醯亞胺鍵相互鍵結而形成兩個醯亞胺環) 所述X 2的至少一部分為源自二聚物二胺及/或二聚物二異氰酸酯的殘基X 2d, 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度, 交聯劑(B)包含選自由含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)所組成的群組中的一種以上, 相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)100質量份,含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)的合計含量為0.5質量份~10質量份。 [2]:如[1]所述的熱硬化性組成物,其特徵在於,於180℃、60分鐘的條件下熱硬化後的玻璃轉移溫度為0℃~70℃。 [3]:如[1]或[2]所述的熱硬化性組成物,包含滿足以下的(i)~(iv)中的至少任一者的酚性羥基作為所述酚性羥基。 (i)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,於具有該酚性羥基的芳香環的間位或鄰位鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 (ii)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,具有與具有該酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於該脂肪族基鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 (iii)所述X 2的一部分為具有酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,於具有該酚性羥基的芳香環鍵結有形成源自二胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 (iv)所述X 2的一部分為具有酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,具有與具有該酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於該脂肪族基鍵結有形成源自二胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 [4]:如[1]至[3]中任一項所述的熱硬化性組成物,其特徵在於,聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中的所述X 1的至少一部分為具有脂肪族基的X 1a,相對於該X 1100莫耳%,具有60莫耳%~100莫耳%的所述X 1a。 [5]:如[1]至[4]中任一項所述的熱硬化性組成物,其特徵在於,相對於不揮發成分100質量%,包含0.1質量%~10質量%的紫外線吸收劑(C)。 [6]:如[1]至[5]中任一項所述的熱硬化性組成物,其特徵在於,相對於不揮發成分100質量%,包含3質量%~60質量%的填料(D)。 [7]:一種接著片,包含如[1]至[6]中任一項所述的熱硬化性組成物。 [8]:一種印刷配線板,使用如[7]所述的接著片而形成。 [9]:一種電子機器,具有如[8]所述的印刷配線板。 [發明的效果] As a result of diligent research, the present inventors found that the problems of the present invention can be solved in the following aspects, and completed the present invention. [1]: A thermosetting composition comprising a polyimide resin (A) and a crosslinking agent (B) having two or more functional groups. In the thermosetting composition, the polyimide resin (A) a repeating unit having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and having a phenolic hydroxyl group, [Chem. 1]
Figure 02_image001
(X 1 is independently a tetravalent tetracarboxylic acid residue in each repeating unit, and X 2 is independently a divalent organic group in each repeating unit, and the X 1 and an imide bond are bonded to each other to form Two imide rings) At least a part of X 2 is the residue X 2 d derived from dimer diamine and/or dimer diisocyanate, storage elastic coefficient G in polyimide resin (A) 'The temperature at which 1.0×10 7 Pa becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa is at any temperature between 0°C and 90°C, and the crosslinking agent (B) contains an epoxy group-containing compound (b1), a cyanate ester compound (b2), a compound containing One or more of the group consisting of isocyanate group-containing compound (b3), metal chelate compound (b4), carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5) and maleimide group-containing compound (b6) , per 100 parts by mass of polyimide resin (A), epoxy group-containing compound (b1), cyanate ester compound (b2), isocyanate group-containing compound (b3), metal chelate compound (b4) The total content of the carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5) and the maleimide group-containing compound (b6) is 0.5 to 10 parts by mass. [2]: The thermosetting composition according to [1], wherein the glass transition temperature after thermosetting at 180°C for 60 minutes is 0°C to 70°C. [3]: The thermosetting composition according to [1] or [2], which contains, as the phenolic hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group that satisfies at least one of the following (i) to (iv). (i) It has a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine is bonded to the meta-position or ortho-position of the aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group. (ii) Has a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain, has an aliphatic group directly bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and has bonded to the aliphatic group a nitrogen forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine atom. (iii) A part of X 2 is a diamine residue X 2 f having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a diamine is bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group. (iv) A part of the X 2 is a diamine residue X 2 f having a phenolic hydroxyl group, has an aliphatic group directly bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and forms a bond to the aliphatic group. A nitrogen atom derived from an imide ring of a diamine. [4]: The thermosetting composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein at least a part of the X 1 in the polyimide resin (A) has an aliphatic The base X 1 a has 60 mol % to 100 mol % of said X 1 a relative to 100 mol % of said X 1 . [5]: The thermosetting composition according to any one of [1] to [4], which contains 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass of an ultraviolet absorber based on 100% by mass of non-volatile components (C). [6]: The thermosetting composition according to any one of [1] to [5], which contains 3% by mass to 60% by mass of filler (D ). [7]: An adhesive sheet comprising the thermosetting composition according to any one of [1] to [6]. [8]: A printed wiring board formed using the adhesive sheet described in [7]. [9]: An electronic machine having the printed wiring board as described in [8]. [Effect of the invention]

根據本發明,起到如下優異的效果:可提供一種對LCP基材的層壓性優異、藉由本組成物的硬化而獲得耐鍍敷液性(耐鹼性及酸耐性)優異、且熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性優異的硬化物的熱硬化性組成物,接著片及使用該接著片而形成的印刷配線板以及電子機器。According to the present invention, the following excellent effects can be achieved: it is possible to provide an LCP substrate with excellent lamination properties, excellent plating solution resistance (alkali resistance and acid resistance) obtained by curing the composition, and thermal cycle resistance. A cured thermosetting composition having excellent insulation reliability after a test, an adhesive sheet, a printed wiring board and an electronic device formed using the adhesive sheet.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。再者,只要符合本發明的主旨,則其他實施方式亦當然包括在本發明的範疇內。另外,本說明書中使用「~」來確定的數值範圍設為包含「~」的前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。另外,本說明書中「膜」或「片」為相同的含義,不根據厚度加以區分。另外,本說明書中出現的各種成分只要不特別注解,則可分別獨立地單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。本說明書中所記載的數值是指藉由後述的[實施例]中記載的方法而獲得的值。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. Furthermore, as long as it conforms to the gist of the present invention, other embodiments are also included in the scope of the present invention. In addition, the numerical range specified using "-" in this specification shall be the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In addition, "film" and "sheet" have the same meaning in this specification, and are not distinguished by thickness. In addition, unless otherwise noted, each of the various components appearing in this specification may be independently used alone or in combination of two or more. The numerical value described in this specification means the value obtained by the method described in the [Example] mentioned later.

1.熱硬化性組成物 本實施方式的熱硬化性組成物(以下,亦稱為本組成物)含有聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)、及具有兩個以上官能基的交聯劑(B)。 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)具有下述通式(1)所表示的結構的重複單元,且具有酚性羥基。 [化2]

Figure 02_image001
式(1)中的X 1於每個重複單元分別獨立地為四價四羧酸殘基,X 2於每個重複單元分別獨立地表示二價有機基。X 1與醯亞胺鍵相互鍵結而形成兩個醯亞胺環。所述X 2的至少一部分為源自二聚物二胺及/或二聚物二異氰酸酯的殘基X 2d(以下,亦稱為二聚物結構)。 1. Thermosetting composition The thermosetting composition of this embodiment (hereinafter, also referred to as this composition) contains a polyimide resin (A) and a crosslinking agent (B) having two or more functional groups . The polyimide resin (A) has a repeating unit of a structure represented by the following general formula (1), and has a phenolic hydroxyl group. [Chem 2]
Figure 02_image001
X 1 in the formula (1) is independently a tetravalent tetracarboxylic acid residue for each repeating unit, and X 2 independently represents a divalent organic group for each repeating unit. X 1 and the imide bond are mutually bonded to form two imide rings. At least a part of the X 2 is a residue X 2 d derived from dimer diamine and/or dimer diisocyanate (hereinafter also referred to as a dimer structure).

本說明書中,所謂「四羧酸殘基」是指源自四羧酸、以及四羧酸二酐及四羧酸二酯等四羧酸衍生物(以下,將該些稱為「四羧酸類」)的基,所述式(1)中所謂「有機基」是指源自具有與四羧酸類反應的官能基的有機化合物的基。藉由四羧酸類與所述有機化合物的反應來獲得醯亞胺鍵。作為所述有機化合物的較佳例,可例示二胺、二異氰酸酯。In this specification, the so-called "tetracarboxylic acid residue" refers to tetracarboxylic acid derivatives derived from tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and tetracarboxylic diester (hereinafter, these are referred to as "tetracarboxylic acid residues"). ”), the term “organic group” in the formula (1) refers to a group derived from an organic compound having a functional group reactive with tetracarboxylic acids. The imide bond is obtained by reaction of tetracarboxylic acids with the organic compound. As a preferable example of the said organic compound, a diamine and a diisocyanate can be illustrated.

所謂「醯亞胺鍵」設為包含一個氮原子與兩個羰基鍵(C=O),醯亞胺鍵與式(1)中的X 1的一部分相互鍵結而形成醯亞胺環。「醯亞胺環」是具有醯亞胺鍵的環,形成一個環的元素數為4以上且7以下。較佳為5或6。醯亞胺環可與其他環縮合。另外,所謂「酸酐基」是指-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-所表示的基,「酸酐環」是指酸酐基與碳元素鍵結而形成的環。 The so-called "imide bond" is assumed to include one nitrogen atom and two carbonyl bonds (C=O), and the imide bond is bonded to a part of X 1 in formula (1) to form an imide ring. The "imide ring" is a ring having an imide bond, and the number of elements forming one ring is 4 or more and 7 or less. Preferably it is 5 or 6. The imide ring can be condensed with other rings. In addition, the "acid anhydride group" means a group represented by -C(=O)-OC(=O)-, and the "acid anhydride ring" means a ring formed by bonding an acid anhydride group to a carbon element.

交聯劑(B)包含選自由含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)(以下,亦稱為(b1)~(b6))所組成的群組中的一種以上。相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)100質量份,(b1)~(b6)的合計含量設為0.5質量份~10質量份。此處,所謂熱硬化性組成物是指包含熱硬化性樹脂,藉由加熱硬化處理形成樹脂的三維交聯結構而硬化的組成物。再者,本說明書中所謂硬化物是指被硬化至即便進一步加熱亦實質上不會進行硬化反應的程度的狀態。將熱硬化性組成物成形為片等所需的形狀時,其一部分可進行硬化反應,但若進一步加熱則可硬化的狀態不包含於此處所述的硬化物中。於熱硬化性組成物的階段,亦可為成分的一部分進行半硬化後的B階段的狀態。The crosslinking agent (B) is selected from compounds containing epoxy groups (b1), cyanate ester compounds (b2), compounds containing isocyanate groups (b3), metal chelate compounds (b4), carbodiamide-containing compounds One or more species selected from the group consisting of an amino group-containing compound (b5) and a maleimide group-containing compound (b6) (hereinafter also referred to as (b1) to (b6)). The total content of (b1) to (b6) is 0.5 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin (A). Here, the term "thermosetting composition" refers to a composition that includes a thermosetting resin and is cured by forming a three-dimensional crosslinked structure of the resin through heat curing treatment. In addition, the term "cured product" in this specification refers to a state cured to such an extent that the curing reaction does not substantially proceed even if it is further heated. When the thermosetting composition is molded into a desired shape such as a sheet, part of it can undergo a curing reaction, but the state that can be cured by further heating is not included in the cured product described here. In the stage of the thermosetting composition, it may be in a B-stage state where a part of the components are semi-hardened.

先前,LCP基材容易產生臨時貼合不良,要求一種能夠於低溫、短時間內進行層壓的組成物。由於本組成物具有所述結構,因此對LCP基材的層壓性優異。認為這是由於使用儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度的柔軟性高的樹脂的效果、酚性羥基對LCP基材的親和性效果、以及二聚物結構的潤濕性高帶來的協同效果。可提供一種熱硬化性組成物,由本組成物形成的熱硬化性片例如即便於90℃~100℃左右的低溫×60秒~120秒左右的加溫時間下,相對於LCP基材亦具有優異的層壓性。 Previously, LCP substrates were prone to temporary poor lamination, and a composition that could be laminated at low temperature and in a short time was required. Since this composition has such a structure, it is excellent in lamination property to LCP base material. This is considered to be due to the effect of using a highly flexible resin with a storage modulus G' of 1.0×10 7 Pa at any temperature between 0°C and 90°C, the effect of the affinity of the phenolic hydroxyl group for the LCP substrate, And the synergistic effect brought about by the high wettability of the dimer structure. It is possible to provide a thermosetting composition, and a thermosetting sheet formed of this composition has an excellent performance with respect to an LCP substrate, for example, even at a low temperature of about 90°C to 100°C x a heating time of about 60 seconds to 120 seconds. lamination.

另外,由於本組成物具有所述結構,因此可獲得耐鹼性及酸耐性(以下,亦統稱為耐鍍敷液性)優異的硬化物。再者,本說明書中的耐鹼性及耐酸性是指相對於後述的實施例中記載的評價的耐受性。特別是藉由具有二聚物結構、且儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於所述特定範圍內、並導入了酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A),可顯著地提高硬化物的耐鍍敷液性。認為這是藉由包含(b1)~(b6)的任一者作為交聯劑(B),可於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基與交聯劑(B)之間形成交聯結構,該交聯附近的酚性羥基的芳香環與聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的醯亞胺環相互作用所帶來的效果。另外,認為是藉由使聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基與交聯劑(B)交聯而構築牢固的交聯結構所帶來的效果。 再者,藉由熱硬化而聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑(B)進行交聯,但有時其一部分不交聯而以反應性官能基的形式殘存。於殘存的官能基為酚性羥基的情況下,例如與殘存酸酐基、羧基及/或胺基的情況相比,可提高耐酸性及耐鹼性。另外,即便於與酚性羥基一起併用酸酐基、羧基及/或胺基的情況下,亦可進一步減少羧基等的殘存量,因此可期待耐酸性及耐鹼性提高的效果。 In addition, since this composition has the above structure, a cured product having excellent alkali resistance and acid resistance (hereinafter, also collectively referred to as plating solution resistance) can be obtained. In addition, the alkali resistance and acid resistance in this specification refer to the tolerance with respect to the evaluation described in the Example mentioned later. In particular, a polyimide resin (A) having a dimer structure, having a storage elastic coefficient G' of 1.0×10 7 Pa within the above-mentioned specific range, and introducing a phenolic hydroxyl group can significantly improve Improve the plating solution resistance of hardened products. It is considered that by including any one of (b1) to (b6) as the crosslinking agent (B), crosslinking can be formed between the phenolic hydroxyl group of the polyimide resin (A) and the crosslinking agent (B). Linked structure, the effect brought about by the interaction between the aromatic ring of the phenolic hydroxyl group near the crosslink and the imide ring of the polyimide resin (A). In addition, it is considered to be an effect of constructing a strong cross-linked structure by cross-linking the phenolic hydroxyl group of the polyimide resin (A) with the cross-linking agent (B). Furthermore, the reactive functional group in the polyimide resin (A) is crosslinked with the crosslinking agent (B) by thermosetting, but a part of it may remain as a reactive functional group without being crosslinked. . When the remaining functional group is a phenolic hydroxyl group, acid resistance and alkali resistance can be improved, for example, compared with the case where an acid anhydride group, a carboxyl group, and/or an amine group remain. In addition, even when an acid anhydride group, a carboxyl group, and/or an amine group are used together with a phenolic hydroxyl group, the remaining amount of carboxyl groups and the like can be further reduced, so the effect of improving acid resistance and alkali resistance can be expected.

進而,由於本組成物具有所述結構,因此可獲得於熱循環試驗後絕緣可靠性亦優異的硬化物。藉由使用滿足所述儲存彈性係數G'的條件、且更含有具有烴鏈或環結構的分子鏈間的相互作用少的二聚物結構的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A),可適度地阻礙平面性高的醯亞胺環周邊的封裝性,實現醯亞胺環的均勻分散與柔軟性的兼顧。藉由向此種聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中調配比較少量的所述特定的交聯劑(B),於本組成物的硬化物中,可緩和於熱循環時由於急遽的溫度變化產生的應力,從而抑制裂紋的產生等。結果,認為於熱循環試驗後亦可實現優異的絕緣可靠性。Furthermore, since this composition has the said structure, the hardened|cured material which is excellent in insulation reliability also after a heat cycle test can be obtained. By using the polyimide resin (A) which satisfies the condition of the storage elastic coefficient G' and further has a dimer structure with less interaction between molecular chains having a hydrocarbon chain or ring structure, it is possible to moderately hinder The encapsulation around the imide ring with high planarity achieves both uniform dispersion of the imide ring and flexibility. By blending a relatively small amount of the specific crosslinking agent (B) into this polyimide resin (A), in the cured product of this composition, it is possible to alleviate the occurrence of rapid temperature changes during thermal cycles. stress, thereby inhibiting the generation of cracks, etc. As a result, it is considered that excellent insulation reliability can be achieved also after the thermal cycle test.

本組成物較佳為製成例如以熱硬化性的接著片、熱硬化性的覆蓋片為代表的各種片或膜。該些可將其他基材或層與由本組成物形成的層積層而使用。積層方法可無限制地應用公知的方法。例如有塗敷的方法、層壓的方法。層壓法於簡便性的方面而言優異。以下,對本組成物的各成分及製造方法進行說明。This composition is preferably used as various sheets or films typified by, for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet and a thermosetting cover sheet. These can be used by using other substrates or layers and the laminated layer formed from this composition. As the lamination method, known methods can be applied without limitation. For example, there are coating methods and lamination methods. The lamination method is excellent in terms of simplicity. Hereinafter, each component and the manufacturing method of this composition are demonstrated.

1-1.聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) 如所述般,聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)具有所述通式(1)所表示的結構的重複單元,且具有酚性羥基。聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基的位置並無特別限定。聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度。儲存彈性係數G'滿足所述條件的樹脂可於低溫下軟化而提高流動性,因此可提高對基材的潤濕性,另一方面存在與先前相比耐鍍敷液性容易惡化的課題。本發明者等人反覆研究,結果可知,藉由使用在所述條件的儲存彈性係數的基礎上具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的本組成物,可解決所述耐鍍敷液性的問題。聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)可單獨使用一種或將兩種以上混合而使用。 1-1. Polyimide resin (A) As mentioned above, polyimide resin (A) has the repeating unit of the structure represented by the said General formula (1), and has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The position of the phenolic hydroxyl group of the polyimide resin (A) is not particularly limited. The temperature at which the storage modulus G' becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa in the polyimide resin (A) is any one of 0°C to 90°C. A resin whose storage modulus G' satisfies the above conditions softens at a low temperature to improve fluidity, thereby improving wettability to the substrate, but has the problem that resistance to a plating solution tends to deteriorate compared to conventional ones. As a result of repeated studies by the inventors of the present invention, it was found that the above-mentioned resistance to plating can be solved by using this composition of the polyimide resin (A) having a phenolic hydroxyl group on the basis of the storage elastic coefficient under the above conditions. liquid problem. The polyimide resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

1-1-a.通式(1)中的X 1如所述般,通式(1)中的X 1於每個重複單元為可具有分別獨立的結構的四價四羧酸殘基。用以獲得X 1的聚合中使用的四羧酸類並無特別限定。作為四羧酸類,可較佳地使用包含芳香族基的芳香族四羧酸類、包含脂肪族基的脂肪族四羧酸類、及包含芳香族基與脂肪族基的四羧酸類。於X 1中亦可包含氮、氧、硫、硒、氟、氯、溴等雜原子。四羧酸類可單獨使用亦可併用兩種以上。另外,所述單量體的例子可適宜具有取代基。作為取代基,可例示:烷基、鹵素原子、硝基、氰基等。 1-1-a. X 1 in the general formula (1) As described above, X 1 in the general formula (1) is a tetravalent tetracarboxylic acid residue that may have an independent structure for each repeating unit. Tetracarboxylic acids used for polymerization to obtain X1 are not particularly limited. As tetracarboxylic acids, aromatic tetracarboxylic acids containing aromatic groups, aliphatic tetracarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups, and tetracarboxylic acids containing aromatic groups and aliphatic groups can be preferably used. Heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc. may also be included in X1 . Tetracarboxylic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, examples of the monomers may suitably have substituents. As a substituent, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group etc. can be illustrated.

作為芳香族四羧酸類,例如可例示:均苯四甲酸二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐、2,3',3,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、以下的通式(2)所表示的二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。 [化3]

Figure 02_image005
式中的X 5表示二價的可具有取代基的有機基(例如碳數1~10的烴基)、-O-、-CO-、-SO 2-、-S-、-SO 2-、-CONH-、-COO-、或-OCO-、-C(CF 3) 2-、-COO-Z-OCO-、-O-Ph-C(CH 3) 2-Ph-O-等連結基。所述Z例如可例示:-C 6H 4-、-(CH 2) n-、-CH 2-CH(-O-C(=O)-CH 3)-CH 2-。該些亦可包含取代基。作為所述取代基,可例示:烷基、鹵素、羰基等。於後述的四羧酸中亦相同。作為具體例,可例示:3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、4,4'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐、2,2-雙〔4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基〕丙烷二酐、對苯雙(偏苯三甲酸單酯酸酐)、乙二醇雙脫水偏苯三酸酯。 Examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic acids include: pyromellitic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3',3,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride , 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, the following Diphthalic dianhydride represented by the general formula (2). [chemical 3]
Figure 02_image005
X 5 in the formula represents a divalent organic group that may have substituents (such as a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons), -O-, -CO-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -SO 2 -, - Linking groups such as CONH-, -COO-, or -OCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -COO-Z-OCO-, -O-Ph-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ph-O-. Z can be exemplified, for example, -C 6 H 4 -, -(CH 2 ) n -, -CH 2 -CH(-OC(=O)-CH 3 )-CH 2 -. These may also contain substituents. As said substituent, an alkyl group, a halogen, a carbonyl group etc. can be illustrated. The same applies to tetracarboxylic acids described later. As specific examples, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-Diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 2 , 2-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propane dianhydride, terephthalic bis(trimellitic acid monoester anhydride), ethylene glycol dianhydro trimellitate.

就有效果地提高低溫下對LCP基材的層壓性、以及進一步提高熱循環後的絕緣可靠性的觀點而言,通式(1)中的X 1的至少一部分較佳為設為具有脂肪族基的X 1a。再者,X 1a具有脂肪族基即可,亦可包含芳香族基。 From the viewpoint of effectively improving the laminability of the LCP base material at low temperature and further improving the insulation reliability after thermal cycles, at least a part of X1 in the general formula (1) is preferably set to have fat Group X 1 a. In addition, X 1a may have an aliphatic group, and may contain an aromatic group.

作為具有脂肪族基的四羧酸類,有可包含芳香族基的鏈狀烴結構及/或脂環式烴結構。「鏈狀烴結構」是可具有不飽和鍵的直鏈狀烴結構及/或分支狀烴結構。另外,「脂環式烴結構」是可具有不飽和鍵的脂環式烴,可為單環亦可為多環。該些亦可包含取代基。As tetracarboxylic acids which have an aliphatic group, there exist a chain hydrocarbon structure and/or alicyclic hydrocarbon structure which may contain an aromatic group. The "chain hydrocarbon structure" is a linear hydrocarbon structure and/or a branched hydrocarbon structure which may have an unsaturated bond. In addition, the "alicyclic hydrocarbon structure" is an alicyclic hydrocarbon which may have an unsaturated bond, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic. These may also contain substituents.

作為具有脂肪族基的四羧酸類的具體例,可例示:1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4-戊烷四羧酸、1,2,4,5-戊烷四羧酸、1,2,3,4-己烷四羧酸、1,2,5,6-己烷四羧酸等具有鏈狀烴結構的四羧酸二酐。 另外,可例示:環丁烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸、環戊烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸、環己烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸、環己烷-1,2,4,5-四羧酸、1-羧基甲基-2,3,5-環戊烷三羧酸、3-羧基甲基-1,2,4-環戊烷三羧酸、rel-二環己基-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸、三環[4.2.2.0 2,5]癸-9-烯-3,4,7,8-四羧酸、5-羧基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,6-三羧酸、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,6,7-四羧酸、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,7-四羧酸、7,8-二苯基雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、4,8-二苯基-1,5-二氮雜雙環辛烷-2,3,6,7-四羧酸、9-氧雜三環[4.2.1.0 2,5]壬烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸、9,14-二氧代五環[8.2.1 1,11.1 4,7.0 2,10.0 3,8]四癸烷-5,6,12,13-四羧酸等的環、雙環、三環四羧酸;2,8-二氧雜螺[4.5]癸烷-1,3,7,9-四酮等含螺環的四羧酸;5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-5(四氫-2,5-二氧代-3-呋喃基)萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、4-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸酐等具有脂環式烴結構的四羧酸二酐。 Specific examples of tetracarboxylic acids having an aliphatic group include: 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-pentane tetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4, Tetracarboxylic dianhydrides having a chain hydrocarbon structure such as 5-pentanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-hexanetetracarboxylic acid, and 1,2,5,6-hexanetetracarboxylic acid. In addition, cyclobutane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid, cyclopentane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid, cyclohexane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid, cyclohexane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic acid, Carboxylic acid, cyclohexane-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid, 1-carboxymethyl-2,3,5-cyclopentanetricarboxylic acid, 3-carboxymethyl-1,2,4- Cyclopentanetricarboxylic acid, rel-dicyclohexyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[4.2.2.0 2,5 ]dec-9-ene-3,4,7,8 -tetracarboxylic acid, 5-carboxymethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3,6-tricarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, Bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2,4,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid, 7,8-bis Phenylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, 4,8-diphenyl-1,5-diazabicyclooctane-2,3,6 ,7-tetracarboxylic acid, 9-oxatricyclo[4.2.1.0 2,5 ]nonane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid, 9,14-dioxopentacyclo[8.2.1 1 ,11 .1 4,7 .0 2,10 .0 3,8 ]tetradecane-5,6,12,13-tetracarboxylic acid and other cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic tetracarboxylic acids; 2,8-di Oxaspiro[4.5]decane-1,3,7,9-tetraketone and other spiro-containing tetracarboxylic acids; 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuranyl)-3-methyl-3-ring Hexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-furyl)naphtho[1,2 -c]furan-1,3-dione, 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, etc. have Tetracarboxylic dianhydride of alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.

就更有效果地提高低溫下對LCP基材的層壓性的觀點而言,較佳為具有脂肪族基的X 1a具有滿足以下的(I)及(II)中的至少一者的結構S。 (I)構成通式(1)中的醯亞胺環的X 1即X 1a中的碳的至少一個與構成另一個醯亞胺環的X 1a中的碳的至少一個相互直接連結。 (II)構成通式(1)中的兩個醯亞胺環各個的X 1即X 1a中的碳的至少一個分別獨立地滿足與鏈狀烴結構或脂環式烴結構直接鍵結、及作為脂環式烴結構的構成元素之一的任一個。 作為滿足所述(I)的具體例,可例示化學式(I-a)~化學式(I-d)。再者,化學式(I-b)~化學式(I-d)亦為滿足所述(II)的化合物。式中的*表示與醯亞胺基的鍵結部位。 [化4]

Figure 02_image007
From the viewpoint of more effectively improving the lamination property to the LCP substrate at low temperature, X 1 a having an aliphatic group preferably has a structure satisfying at least one of the following (I) and (II) S. (I) At least one of the carbons in X 1 , that is, X 1 a constituting the imide ring in the general formula (1), and at least one of the carbons in X 1 a constituting the other imide ring are directly bonded to each other. (II) At least one of the carbons in each of the two imide rings constituting the general formula (1), X 1 , that is, X 1 a, independently satisfies a direct bond with a chain hydrocarbon structure or an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, and any one of the constituent elements of the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Specific examples satisfying the above (I) include chemical formula (Ia) to chemical formula (Id). In addition, chemical formula (Ib) to chemical formula (Id) are also compounds satisfying the aforementioned (II). In the formula, * represents a bonding site with an imide group. [chemical 4]
Figure 02_image007

作為滿足所述(II)的具體例,可例示化學式(II-a)~化學式(II-v)。As specific examples satisfying the above (II), chemical formulas (II-a) to chemical formulas (II-v) can be illustrated.

[化5]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical 5]
Figure 02_image009

作為具有形成醯亞胺環的X 1a中的碳與鏈狀烴結構直接鍵結的結構S的X 1a的例子,可例示化學式(II-a)所表示的化合物。作為具有形成醯亞胺環的X 1中的碳成為脂環式烴結構的構成元素之一的結構S的X 1a的例子,可例示化學式(II-b)所表示的化合物。另外,作為具有形成其中一個醯亞胺環的X 1a的碳與脂環式烴結構直接鍵結、且形成另一個醯亞胺環的X 1a中的碳成為脂環式烴結構的構成元素之一的結構S的X 1a的例子,可例示化學式(II-c)。再者,兩個醯亞胺環分別獨立地滿足所述(I)及(II)中的至少任一個即可,亦可如化學式(II-d)所表示般包含芳香環。 Examples of X 1 a having a structure S in which carbons in X 1 a forming an imide ring are directly bonded to a chain hydrocarbon structure include compounds represented by chemical formula (II-a). Examples of X 1 a having a structure S in which carbon in X 1 forming an imide ring becomes one of constituent elements of an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure include compounds represented by chemical formula (II-b). In addition, as a configuration in which the carbon of X 1 a forming one of the imide rings is directly bonded to the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, and the carbon in X 1 a forming the other imide ring becomes an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure The chemical formula (II-c) can be illustrated as an example of X 1 a of the structure S which is one of the elements. In addition, the two imide rings each independently satisfy at least one of (I) and (II), and may include an aromatic ring as represented by the chemical formula (II-d).

相對於構成聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的X 1100莫耳%,具有脂肪族基的X 1a的比例較佳為60莫耳%~100莫耳%,更佳的範圍為75莫耳%~100莫耳%,進而佳的範圍為85莫耳%~100莫耳%。藉由使用60莫耳%~100莫耳%的具有脂肪族基的X 1a,對LCP的層壓性變得更優異。具有脂肪族基的X 1a的比例可根據相對於合成聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)時使用的原料單體中成為X 1殘基的所有單量體100莫耳%中而言的、具有脂肪族基的X 1a成為殘基的單量體的含有率(莫耳%)來求出。通常,合成時使用的單量體的比率與樹脂中的結構比率相等。 The ratio of X 1 a having an aliphatic group to 100 mol % of X 1 constituting the polyimide resin (A) is preferably 60 mol % to 100 mol %, more preferably 75 mol % % to 100 mol%, and a more preferable range is 85 mol% to 100 mol%. By using 60 mol % to 100 mol % of X 1 a having an aliphatic group, the lamination property to LCP becomes more excellent. The ratio of X 1 a having an aliphatic group can be determined from 100 mol% of all monomers that become X 1 residues in the raw material monomers used for synthesizing the polyimide resin (A). X 1 a of the aliphatic group was obtained from the content rate (mole %) of the monomeric body of the residue. Usually, the ratio of the monomers used in the synthesis is equal to the ratio of the structure in the resin.

1-1-b.通式(1)中的X 2如所述般,通式(1)中的X 2於每個重複單元為可具有分別獨立的結構的二價有機基。作為用以獲得X 2的聚合中使用的有機化合物的較佳例,如所述般,可例示二胺、二異氰酸酯。X 2的至少一部分為源自二聚物二胺及/或二聚物二異氰酸酯的殘基X 2d。 1-1-b. X 2 in the general formula (1) As described above, X 2 in the general formula (1) is a divalent organic group that may have an independent structure for each repeating unit. As a preferable example of the organic compound used for the polymerization to obtain X2 , diamine and diisocyanate can be illustrated as mentioned above. At least a part of X 2 is a residue X 2 d derived from dimer diamine and/or dimer diisocyanate.

二聚物二胺例如可藉由將二聚酸的羧基轉化為胺基來獲得。另外,二聚物二異氰酸酯例如可藉由將二聚酸的羧基轉化為異氰酸酯基來獲得。此處所謂二聚酸是指不飽和脂肪族羧酸的二聚體或其氫化物。例如,可將大豆油脂肪酸、妥爾油脂肪酸、菜籽油脂肪酸等天然脂肪酸及該些精製而成的次亞麻油酸、亞麻油酸、油酸、芥子酸等不飽和脂肪酸加以二聚化來獲得二聚酸。亦可視需要對不飽和鍵進行氫化而使不飽和度降低。降低了不飽和度的二聚物二胺及二聚物二異氰酸酯就耐氧化性(特別是高溫區域的著色)或合成時的凝膠化抑制的方面而言較佳。Dimeric diamines are obtainable, for example, by converting the carboxyl groups of dimer acids into amine groups. In addition, a dimer diisocyanate can be obtained, for example, by converting the carboxyl group of a dimer acid into an isocyanate group. The term "dimer acid" here refers to a dimer of an unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic acid or a hydrogenated product thereof. For example, natural fatty acids such as soybean oil fatty acid, tall oil fatty acid, rapeseed oil fatty acid, and unsaturated fatty acids such as linoleic acid, linoleic acid, oleic acid, and erucic acid obtained by dimerization can be used. Dimer acid is obtained. The degree of unsaturation can also be reduced by hydrogenation of unsaturated bonds if desired. A dimer diamine and a dimer diisocyanate having a reduced degree of unsaturation are preferable in terms of oxidation resistance (especially coloring in a high-temperature range) and inhibition of gelation during synthesis.

二聚酸較佳為碳數20~60的化合物,更佳為碳數24~56的化合物,進而佳為碳數28~48的化合物,特佳為碳數36~44的化合物。較佳為具有使脂肪酸進行狄耳士-阿爾德(Diels-Alder)反應的分支結構的二羧酸化合物。所述分支結構較佳為脂肪鏈及環結構,更佳為環結構。所述環結構較佳為一個或兩個以上的芳香環或脂環結構,更佳為脂環結構。於環結構為兩個的情況下,兩個環可獨立,亦可為連續。二聚物二胺及二聚物二異氰酸酯可使用一種或多種化合物。脂環結構存在有於環內具有一個或多個雙鍵的情況、不具有雙鍵的情況等。將二聚酸的羧基轉化為胺基的方法例如可列舉將羧酸加以醯胺化並藉由霍夫曼重排(Hofmann Rearrangement)使其胺化且進而進行蒸餾、精製的方法。另外,將二聚酸的羧基轉化為二異氰酸酯基的方法,例如可列舉藉由庫爾提斯轉移(Curtius rearrangement)自羧酸進行異氰酸酯化的方法。The dimer acid is preferably a compound having 20 to 60 carbon atoms, more preferably a compound having 24 to 56 carbon atoms, still more preferably a compound having 28 to 48 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a compound having 36 to 44 carbon atoms. Preferably, it is a dicarboxylic acid compound having a branched structure in which a fatty acid undergoes a Diels-Alder reaction. The branched structure is preferably an aliphatic chain and a ring structure, more preferably a ring structure. The ring structure is preferably one or more than two aromatic rings or alicyclic structures, more preferably an alicyclic structure. When there are two ring structures, the two rings may be independent or continuous. One or more kinds of compounds can be used for dimer diamine and dimer diisocyanate. The alicyclic structure may have one or more double bonds in the ring, or may not have a double bond. The method of converting the carboxyl group of a dimer acid into an amine group includes, for example, amidation of a carboxylic acid, followed by amination by Hofmann rearrangement (Hofmann rearrangement), followed by distillation and purification. Moreover, as a method of converting the carboxyl group of a dimer acid into a diisocyanate group, the method of performing isocyanation from a carboxylic acid by Curtius rearrangement is mentioned, for example.

二聚物二胺中的胺基、或二聚物二異氰酸酯中的異氰酸酯基可與環結構直接鍵結,但就溶解性提高、柔軟性提高的觀點而言,該胺基較佳為經由脂肪族鏈而與環結構鍵結。胺基或異氰酸酯基與環結構之間的碳數較佳為2~25。作為脂肪族鏈的較佳例,可例示伸烷基等鏈狀烴基。作為較佳的例子,可例示該兩個胺基或異氰酸酯基分別經由伸烷基而與環結構鍵結的化合物。The amine group in the dimer diamine or the isocyanate group in the dimer diisocyanate may be directly bonded to the ring structure, but from the viewpoint of improving solubility and flexibility, the amine group is preferably The family chain is bonded to the ring structure. The carbon number between the amine group or the isocyanate group and the ring structure is preferably 2-25. As a preferable example of an aliphatic chain, chain hydrocarbon groups, such as an alkylene group, can be illustrated. As a preferred example, a compound in which the two amine groups or isocyanate groups are respectively bonded to a ring structure via an alkylene group can be exemplified.

再者,作為用以獲得二聚物二胺或二聚物二異氰酸酯的二聚酸(多元酸)的具體例,可列舉下述化學式(d1)~化學式(d4)。該些為一例,二聚酸並不限定於下述結構。In addition, as a specific example of the dimer acid (polyacid) for obtaining dimer diamine or dimer diisocyanate, following chemical formula (d1) - chemical formula (d4) are mentioned. These are examples, and the dimer acid is not limited to the following structure.

[化6]

Figure 02_image011
[化7]
Figure 02_image013
[化8]
Figure 02_image015
[化9]
Figure 02_image017
[chemical 6]
Figure 02_image011
[chemical 7]
Figure 02_image013
[chemical 8]
Figure 02_image015
[chemical 9]
Figure 02_image017

二聚物二胺及二聚物二異氰酸酯較佳為碳數20~60的化合物,更佳為碳數24~56的化合物,進而佳為碳數28~48的化合物,進而佳為碳數36~44的化合物。所述碳數就獲取容易度的觀點而言較佳。The dimer diamine and the dimer diisocyanate are preferably compounds with 20 to 60 carbon atoms, more preferably compounds with 24 to 56 carbon atoms, further preferably 28 to 48 carbon atoms, further preferably 36 carbon atoms ~44 compounds. The above carbon number is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of acquisition.

二聚物二胺的市售品例如可列舉日本禾大(Croda Japan)公司製造的「普利阿民(Priamine)1071」、「普利阿民(Priamine)1073」、「普利阿民(Priamine)1074」、「普利阿民(Priamine)1075」、或日本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)公司製造的「巴薩敏(Versamine)551」等。Examples of commercially available dimer diamines include "Priamine 1071", "Priamine 1073" and "Priamine" manufactured by Croda Japan. Priamine 1074", "Priamine 1075", or "Versamine 551" manufactured by BASF Japan.

相對於獲得X 2殘基的單量體100質量%,獲得作為二聚物結構的殘基X 2d的單量體的比例較佳為80質量%~100質量%。藉由設為80質量%以上,低溫下對LCP基材的層壓性變得更優異。所述更佳的範圍為83質量%~100質量%,進而佳的範圍為85質量%~100質量%。具有二聚物結構的X 2d的比例可根據相對於合成聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)時使用的原料單體中成為X 2殘基的所有單量體100質量%中而言的、具有二聚物結構的X 2d成為殘基的單量體的含有率(質量%)來求出。通常,合成時使用的單量體的比率與樹脂中的結構比率相等。 The ratio of the monomeric form of the residue X 2 d which is a dimer structure is preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass relative to 100% by mass of the monomeric form of the residue X 2 . By setting it as 80 mass % or more, the lamination property with respect to the LCP base material at low temperature becomes more excellent. The more preferable range is 83% by mass to 100% by mass, and the more preferable range is 85% by mass to 100% by mass. The ratio of X 2 d having a dimer structure can be determined from 100% by mass of all monomers that become X 2 residues in the raw material monomers used for synthesizing the polyimide resin (A). X 2 d of the dimer structure was obtained from the content (mass %) of the monomeric body of the residue. Usually, the ratio of the monomers used in the synthesis is equal to the ratio of the structure in the resin.

作為通式(1)中的X 2,可例示後述的具有酚性羥基的二胺。另外,可適宜使用形成殘基X 2d的單量體及具有酚性羥基的二胺以外的二胺。例如可例示可具有取代基的、脂肪族基(可包含不飽和鍵的鏈狀烴結構及/或脂環式烴結構)、芳香環及該些任意組合而成的二胺化合物。 As X 2 in the general formula (1), a diamine having a phenolic hydroxyl group described later can be exemplified. In addition, diamines other than diamines that form a monomer of residue X 2 d and diamines having a phenolic hydroxyl group can be used suitably. For example, diamine compounds which may have substituents, aliphatic groups (chain hydrocarbon structures and/or alicyclic hydrocarbon structures which may contain unsaturated bonds), aromatic rings, and any combinations thereof are exemplified.

其他二胺例如可列舉:1,4-二胺基苯、1,3-二胺基苯、1,2-二胺基苯、1,5-二胺基萘、1,8-二胺基萘、2,3-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基甲苯、2,4-二胺基甲苯、3,4-二胺基甲苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基-1,2-二苯基乙烷、3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸等芳香族二胺;乙二胺、1,3-丙二胺、1,4-丁二胺、1,6-己二胺、1,7-庚二胺、1,9-壬二胺、1,12-十二亞甲基二胺、間二甲苯二胺等脂肪族二胺;異佛爾酮二胺、降冰片烷二胺、1,2-環己烷二胺、1,3-環己烷二胺、1,4-環己烷二胺、4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、哌嗪等脂環族二胺等。Examples of other diamines include: 1,4-diaminobenzene, 1,3-diaminobenzene, 1,2-diaminobenzene, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,8-diamino Naphthalene, 2,3-diaminonaphthalene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 3,4-diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane , 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diamino-1,2-diphenylethane, 3,3' -Diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3, Aromatic diamines such as 3'-diaminobenzophenone and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphenone; ethylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, 1,4-butylenediamine, 1 , 6-hexamethylenediamine, 1,7-heptanediamine, 1,9-nonanediamine, 1,12-dodecamethylenediamine, m-xylenediamine and other aliphatic diamines; isophorone Diamine, norbornanediamine, 1,2-cyclohexanediamine, 1,3-cyclohexanediamine, 1,4-cyclohexanediamine, 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl Alicyclic diamines such as methane and piperazine, etc.

1-1-c.酚性羥基 如所述般,聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)具有酚性羥基。所謂酚性羥基是指與芳香環直接鍵結的羥基。作為芳香環的較佳例,可例示:苯環、萘環、吡啶環。酚性羥基可導入至聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端,或者導入至主鏈骨架的側鏈、側基。酚性羥基除導入至分子鏈末端、側基、側鏈中的任一者以外,可任意地組合。再者,所謂分子鏈末端是指構成聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈的重複結構單元中位於末端者、或者與其末端連結的非重複結構。 1-1-c. Phenolic hydroxyl As mentioned above, polyimide resin (A) has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The phenolic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring. As a preferable example of an aromatic ring, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a pyridine ring can be illustrated. The phenolic hydroxyl group can be introduced into the molecular chain terminal of the polyimide resin (A), or can be introduced into the side chain or side group of the main chain skeleton. The phenolic hydroxyl groups can be combined arbitrarily except for being introduced into any of molecular chain terminals, side groups, and side chains. In addition, the term "molecular chain terminal" refers to a non-repeating structure located at the terminal or linked to the terminal among the repeating structural units constituting the molecular chain of the polyimide resin (A).

聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基價較佳為1 mgKOH/g~30 mgKOH/g。藉由設為該範圍,可使交聯密度適當,更有效果地提高耐鍍敷液性(耐鹼性及耐酸性)。另外,藉由設為所述酚性羥基價,可使交聯密度適當而發揮應力緩和效果,更有效果地提高熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性。酚性羥基價更佳為3 mgKOH/g~20 mgKOH/g,進而佳為5 mgKOH/g~15 mgKOH/g。酚性羥基價可藉由具有酚性羥基的單體的裝入量、向分子鏈末端的酚性羥基的導入率、及/或向側鏈的酚性羥基的導入率來調整。The phenolic hydroxyl value of the polyimide resin (A) is preferably from 1 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. By setting it as this range, a crosslink density can be made appropriate, and plating solution resistance (alkali resistance and acid resistance) can be improved more effectively. In addition, by setting the phenolic hydroxyl group value as described above, the crosslink density can be made appropriate to exhibit a stress relaxation effect, and the insulation reliability after a thermal cycle test can be more effectively improved. The phenolic hydroxyl value is more preferably from 3 mgKOH/g to 20 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 15 mgKOH/g. The phenolic hydroxyl value can be adjusted by the loading amount of the monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, the introduction rate of the phenolic hydroxyl group into the molecular chain terminal, and/or the introduction rate of the phenolic hydroxyl group into the side chain.

作為聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的較佳例,可列舉:分子鏈末端的官能基的全部或一部分為酚性羥基且於側基/側鏈不具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A);分子鏈末端的官能基的全部或一部分為酚性羥基且於側基/側鏈亦具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A);對分子鏈末端進行封端且於側基或側鏈具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A);將分子鏈末端設為酸酐基等其他官能基且於側基或側鏈具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)。該些中,就耐鍍敷液性的觀點而言,特佳為分子鏈末端的官能基實質上全部為酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)、分子鏈末端包含酚性羥基末端與不具有官能基的分子鏈末端的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)。聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)亦可於不脫離本發明的主旨的範圍內,於分子鏈末端、側基及/或側鏈具有酸酐基、胺基、羧基等其他官能基。於包含酸酐基的情況下,就耐鍍敷液性的觀點而言,酸酐基價較佳為15 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為10 mgKOH/g以下,進而佳為5 mgKOH/g以下。於包含胺基的情況下,就耐鍍敷液性的觀點而言,胺價較佳為15 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為10 mgKOH/g以下,進而佳為5 mgKOH/g以下。As a preferred example of the polyimide resin (A), it is possible to enumerate: a polyimide resin ( A); all or part of the functional groups at the end of the molecular chain are phenolic hydroxyl groups and polyimide resins (A) that also have phenolic hydroxyl groups at the side groups/side chains; the end of the molecular chain is capped and the side groups are Or a polyimide resin (A) having a phenolic hydroxyl group in a side chain; a polyimide resin (A) having a molecular chain end as another functional group such as an acid anhydride group and having a phenolic hydroxyl group in a side group or a side chain. Among them, from the viewpoint of plating solution resistance, polyimide resin (A) in which substantially all the functional groups at the molecular chain ends are phenolic hydroxyl groups, and the molecular chain ends include phenolic hydroxyl groups and A polyimide resin (A) having no functional group at the molecular chain end. The polyimide resin (A) may also have other functional groups such as acid anhydride groups, amine groups, and carboxyl groups at molecular chain terminals, side groups, and/or side chains within the range not departing from the gist of the present invention. When an acid anhydride group is included, the acid anhydride group value is preferably at most 15 mgKOH/g, more preferably at most 10 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably at most 5 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of plating solution resistance. When an amine group is included, the amine value is preferably 15 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably 5 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of plating solution resistance.

1-1-c1.分子鏈末端 為了於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端導入酚性羥基,可例示如下方法:於合成酸酐末端聚醯亞胺樹脂後,使通式(3)所表示的具有酚性羥基的胺化合物進一步反應。亦可將酸酐末端聚醯亞胺樹脂代替為羧酸末端聚醯亞胺樹脂,並利用相同的方法來導入酚性羥基。 [化10]

Figure 02_image019
通式(3)中的Ar為可具有取代基的芳香族基。作為取代基,可例示碳數1~10的烷基或氟烷基、鹵素原子。除通式(3)中的胺基與芳香族基直接鍵結的化合物以外,經由脂肪族基而與芳香族基鍵結的化合物亦較佳。對於後述的通式(4)、通式(5)的Ar及取代基亦相同。 1-1-c1. Molecular chain end In order to introduce phenolic hydroxyl groups at the molecular chain end of polyimide resin (A), the following method can be exemplified: After synthesizing an anhydride-terminated polyimide resin, make the general formula (3) The indicated amine compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is further reacted. It is also possible to replace the acid anhydride-terminated polyimide resin with the carboxylic acid-terminated polyimide resin, and use the same method to introduce phenolic hydroxyl groups. [chemical 10]
Figure 02_image019
Ar in the general formula (3) is an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group, and a halogen atom. In addition to the compound in which the amine group and the aromatic group in general formula (3) are directly bonded, the compound which bonded to the aromatic group via an aliphatic group is also preferable. The same applies to Ar and substituents in general formula (4) and general formula (5) described later.

另外,可例示如下方法:於合成胺基末端聚醯亞胺樹脂後,使通式(4)所表示的具有酚性羥基的酸酐化合物、或通式(5)所表示的具有酚性羥基的羧酸化合物進一步反應,於末端導入酚性羥基。In addition, the following method can be exemplified: after synthesizing an amino-terminated polyimide resin, an acid anhydride compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group represented by the general formula (4) or an acid anhydride compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group represented by the general formula (5) can be exemplified. The carboxylic acid compound is further reacted to introduce a phenolic hydroxyl group at the terminal.

[化11]

Figure 02_image020
[化12]
Figure 02_image021
[chemical 11]
Figure 02_image020
[chemical 12]
Figure 02_image021

作為通式(3)的具體例,可例示:3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、4-胺基-鄰甲酚、5-胺基-鄰甲酚、4-胺基-2,3-二甲酚、4-胺基-2,5-二甲酚、4-胺基-2,6-二甲酚、4-胺基-1-萘酚、5-胺基-2-萘酚、6-胺基-1-萘酚、4-胺基-2,6-二苯基苯酚。作為通式(4)的具體例,可列舉3-羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐等。另外,作為通式(5)的具體例,可例示水楊酸、羥基苯甲酸。於通式(3)~通式(4)中列舉羥基為一個的例子,但亦可使用於Ar鍵結有兩個以上羥基的化合物。Specific examples of the general formula (3) include: 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 4-amino-o-cresol, 5-amino-o-cresol, 4-amino-2, 3-Xylenol, 4-Amino-2,5-Xylenol, 4-Amino-2,6-Xylenol, 4-Amino-1-Naphthol, 5-Amino-2-Naphthalene Phenol, 6-amino-1-naphthol, 4-amino-2,6-diphenylphenol. Specific examples of the general formula (4) include 3-hydroxyphthalic anhydride, 4-hydroxyphthalic anhydride, and the like. In addition, salicylic acid and hydroxybenzoic acid can be illustrated as specific examples of the general formula (5). In the general formulas (3) to (4), an example in which one hydroxyl group is used is given, but a compound in which two or more hydroxyl groups are bonded to Ar may also be used.

就更有效果地提高硬化物的熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性的觀點而言,較佳為具有滿足以下的(i)及(ii)中的至少一者的酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)。 (i)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,於具有該酚性羥基的芳香環的間位或鄰位鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 (ii)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,具有與具有該酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於該脂肪族基鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 藉由具有滿足所述(i)及(ii)中的至少一者的酚性羥基,可更有效果地提高本組成物的硬化物於熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性。本發明者等人反覆進行努力研究,結果可知,分子鏈末端的酚性羥基的周邊結構為交聯點周邊的結構,因此對應力緩和的影響大。認為藉由具有羥基與胺基的位置位於鄰位或間位的(i)的結構,醯亞胺環與其他醯亞胺環的相互作用減少,應力緩和性提高。另外,認為藉由具有胺基不與芳香環直接鍵結而經由脂肪族基來鍵結的(ii)的結構,醯亞胺環與其他醯亞胺環的相互作用減少,應力緩和性提高。 From the viewpoint of more effectively improving the insulation reliability after the thermal cycle test of the cured product, polyimide having a phenolic hydroxyl group satisfying at least one of the following (i) and (ii) is preferable Resin (A). (i) It has a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine is bonded to the meta-position or ortho-position of the aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group. (ii) Has a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain, has an aliphatic group directly bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and has bonded to the aliphatic group a nitrogen forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine atom. By having the phenolic hydroxyl group satisfying at least one of (i) and (ii), the insulation reliability of the cured product of the present composition after the thermal cycle test can be more effectively improved. As a result of intensive studies by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that the structure around the phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain is a structure around the crosslinking point, and thus has a large influence on stress relaxation. It is considered that by having the structure (i) in which the positions of the hydroxyl group and the amino group are in the ortho or meta position, the interaction between the imide ring and other imide rings is reduced, and the stress relaxation property is improved. In addition, it is considered that by having the structure (ii) in which the amine group is not directly bonded to the aromatic ring but is bonded via the aliphatic group, the interaction between the imide ring and other imide rings is reduced and the stress relaxation property is improved.

為了獲得滿足所述(i)及(ii)的分子鏈末端,作為酸酐基末端聚醯亞胺樹脂或羧基末端聚醯亞胺樹脂的封端中使用的具有酚性羥基的單胺化合物,可例示:間胺基苯酚、鄰胺基苯酚、2-胺基-5-乙基苯酚、2-(1-胺基乙基)苯酚、3-(2-胺基乙基)苯酚、4-(2-胺基乙基)苯酚、2-(2-胺基乙基)苯酚、2-(2-胺基甲基)苯酚、3-(2-胺基甲基)苯酚、2-(2-胺基甲基)苯酚、3-(2-胺基甲基)苯酚、4-(2-胺基丙基)苯酚。In order to obtain a molecular chain terminal satisfying the above (i) and (ii), as a monoamine compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group used in the capping of an acid anhydride group-terminated polyimide resin or a carboxyl-terminated polyimide resin, Examples: m-aminophenol, o-aminophenol, 2-amino-5-ethylphenol, 2-(1-aminoethyl)phenol, 3-(2-aminoethyl)phenol, 4-( 2-aminoethyl)phenol, 2-(2-aminoethyl)phenol, 2-(2-aminomethyl)phenol, 3-(2-aminomethyl)phenol, 2-(2- Aminomethyl)phenol, 3-(2-aminomethyl)phenol, 4-(2-aminopropyl)phenol.

可使聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端的官能基實質上全部為酚性羥基。另外,除包含酚性羥基末端以外,亦可包含不具有官能基的分子鏈末端。另外,除含有酚性羥基末端以外,亦可含有具有其他官能基(酸酐基等)的分子鏈末端。Substantially all of the functional groups at the molecular chain terminals of the polyimide resin (A) may be phenolic hydroxyl groups. Moreover, it may contain the molecular chain terminal which does not have a functional group other than a phenolic hydroxyl terminal. In addition, molecular chain terminals having other functional groups (acid anhydride group, etc.) may be contained in addition to the phenolic hydroxyl terminal.

含有不具有官能基的分子鏈末端與酚性羥基末端的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)例如可藉由相對於酸酐末端聚醯亞胺,以特定比率混合通式(3)的胺化合物與不具有酚性羥基的單胺化合物,並進行封端反應來獲得。另外,亦可藉由相對於胺末端聚醯亞胺,以特定比率混合通式(4)及/或通式(5)的化合物、不具有酚性羥基的酸酐化合物及/或羧酸化合物並進行封端反應來獲得。根據該些方法,可容易地調整聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端的酚性羥基的量。The polyimide resin (A) having a molecular chain terminal without a functional group and a phenolic hydroxyl terminal can be obtained by, for example, mixing an amine compound of the general formula (3) and a non-functional polyimide at a specific ratio with respect to an anhydride-terminated polyimide. A monoamine compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group is obtained by capping. In addition, it is also possible to mix the compound of the general formula (4) and/or the general formula (5), the acid anhydride compound and/or the carboxylic acid compound not having a phenolic hydroxyl group in a specific ratio with respect to the amine-terminated polyimide and Obtained by capping reaction. According to these methods, the amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group at the molecular chain terminal of the polyimide resin (A) can be easily adjusted.

作為不具有酚性羥基的單胺化合物,例如可例示:甲基胺、乙基胺、丙基胺、丁基胺、己基胺、辛基胺、癸基胺、硬脂基胺、二甲基胺、二乙基胺、二丙基胺及二丁基胺等脂肪族胺;環己基胺及二環己基胺等脂環族胺;苯胺、甲苯胺、二苯基胺及萘基胺等芳香族胺、以及該些任意的混合物。Examples of monoamine compounds that do not have a phenolic hydroxyl group include methylamine, ethylamine, propylamine, butylamine, hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, stearylamine, dimethylamine, Aliphatic amines such as amine, diethylamine, dipropylamine and dibutylamine; cycloaliphatic amines such as cyclohexylamine and dicyclohexylamine; aromatics such as aniline, toluidine, diphenylamine and naphthylamine amines, and any mixtures of these.

作為不具有酚性羥基的酸酐,可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、2,2'-聯苯二羧酸酐、1,2-萘二羧酸酐、2,3-萘二羧酸酐、1,8-萘二羧酸酐、1,2-蒽二羧酸酐、2,3-蒽二羧酸酐、L9-蒽二羧酸酐等。作為不具有酚性羥基的羧酸,可列舉具有自所述具有酚性羥基的羧酸中除去酚性羥基而得的結構的羧酸。Examples of acid anhydrides not having a phenolic hydroxyl group include: phthalic anhydride, 2,2'-biphenyl dicarboxylic anhydride, 1,2-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 2,3-naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 1,8 -Naphthalene dicarboxylic anhydride, 1,2-anthracene dicarboxylic anhydride, 2,3-anthracene dicarboxylic anhydride, L9-anthracene dicarboxylic anhydride, etc. As a carboxylic acid which does not have a phenolic hydroxyl group, the carboxylic acid which has the structure which removed the phenolic hydroxyl group from the said carboxylic acid which has a phenolic hydroxyl group is mentioned.

具有酚性羥基末端與其他官能基末端的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)例如可藉由相對於酸酐末端聚醯亞胺,以特定比率混合通式(3)的胺化合物與具有其他官能基的單胺化合物,並進行封端反應來獲得。胺末端聚醯亞胺亦同樣地,藉由以特定比率將通式(4)及/或通式(5)的化合物與具有其他官能基的酸酐化合物及/或羧酸化合物混合並進行封端反應來獲得。根據該方法,可調整聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端的酚性羥基及其他官能基的量。其他官能基並無特別限定。例如可例示硝基、氰基。The polyimide resin (A) having a phenolic hydroxyl end and other functional group ends can be obtained by, for example, mixing an amine compound of the general formula (3) and a polyimide having other functional groups at a specific ratio relative to an anhydride-terminated polyimide. Monoamine compound, and to obtain by capping reaction. Similarly, amine-terminated polyimides are capped by mixing compounds of general formula (4) and/or general formula (5) with acid anhydride compounds and/or carboxylic acid compounds having other functional groups in a specific ratio. response to get. According to this method, the amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group and other functional groups at the molecular chain terminal of the polyimide resin (A) can be adjusted. Other functional groups are not particularly limited. For example, a nitro group and a cyano group can be illustrated.

於其他官能基為酸酐基的情況下,亦可於合成酸酐末端聚醯亞胺後,使於末端的一部分具有酚性羥基的胺化合物反應,將酸酐末端的一部分轉換為酚性羥基。同樣地,於其他官能基為胺基的情況下,亦可藉由於合成胺基末端聚醯亞胺後,使於末端的一部分具有酚性羥基且具有一個酸酐基的化合物反應的方法來合成。When the other functional group is an acid anhydride group, after synthesizing the anhydride-terminated polyimide, an amine compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group at a part of the terminal may be reacted to convert a part of the anhydride terminal into a phenolic hydroxyl group. Similarly, when the other functional group is an amine group, it can also be synthesized by reacting a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group at a part of the end and an acid anhydride group after synthesizing an amine-terminated polyimide.

於所述中,列舉了合成聚醯亞胺樹脂,繼而使設為分子鏈末端的化合物反應的例子,但亦可藉由將合成聚醯亞胺樹脂的單量體與導入至分子鏈末端的化合物一起混合並進行聚合來合成聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)。根據該方法,可實現合成步驟的簡化。In the description, an example is given in which polyimide resin is synthesized and then reacted with a compound set at the end of the molecular chain. The compounds are mixed together and polymerized to synthesize the polyimide resin (A). According to this method, simplification of the synthesis steps can be achieved.

就使熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性、及耐鍍敷液性(耐鹼性、耐酸性)更優異的觀點而言,相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端的官能基100莫耳%,具有酚性羥基的分子鏈末端較佳為50莫耳%~100莫耳%,更佳為70莫耳%~100莫耳%。藉由於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的分子鏈末端導入酚性羥基,可使與交聯劑(B)的交聯密度適當而有效果地發揮應力緩和效果。結果,認為可良好地保持熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性。From the viewpoint of making the insulation reliability after the heat cycle test and the plating solution resistance (alkali resistance, acid resistance) more excellent, relative to the functional group at the end of the molecular chain of the polyimide resin (A) 100 Mole %, the molecular chain terminal having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably 50 mole % to 100 mole %, more preferably 70 mole % to 100 mole %. By introducing a phenolic hydroxyl group into the molecular chain terminal of the polyimide resin (A), the crosslinking density with the crosslinking agent (B) can be made appropriate and the stress relaxation effect can be effectively exhibited. As a result, it is considered that the insulation reliability after the thermal cycle test can be maintained well.

1-1-c2.側鏈、側基 為了於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的側鏈及/或側基導入酚性羥基,較佳為使用具有酚性羥基的二胺、二異氰酸酯等有機化合物及/或具有酚性羥基的四羧酸類的方法。另外,亦可於合成聚醯亞胺樹脂後,將具有酚性羥基的化合物導入至側鏈。於在側鏈導入酚性羥基的情況下,側鏈的酚性羥基價能夠適宜設計,但就更有效果地發揮耐鍍敷液性及熱循環後的絕緣可靠性的觀點而言,較佳為1 mgKOH/g~5 mgKOH/g。 1-1-c2. Side chain, side group In order to introduce phenolic hydroxyl groups into the side chains and/or side groups of the polyimide resin (A), it is preferable to use organic compounds such as diamines and diisocyanates having phenolic hydroxyl groups and/or tetracarboxylic compounds having phenolic hydroxyl groups. acid method. In addition, after synthesizing the polyimide resin, a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group may be introduced into the side chain. In the case of introducing a phenolic hydroxyl group into the side chain, the phenolic hydroxyl group value of the side chain can be appropriately designed, but from the viewpoint of more effectively exhibiting plating solution resistance and insulation reliability after thermal cycles, it is preferable It is 1 mgKOH/g~5 mgKOH/g.

作為具有酚性羥基的二胺的較佳例,可列舉:雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)亞甲基、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)醚、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基)聯苯、2,2'-二-三氟甲基-5,5'-二羥基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)芴、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-5,5'-二羥基聯苯胺等芳香族二胺。另外,亦可於該些化合物的任意位置導入取代基。Preferable examples of diamines having phenolic hydroxyl groups include bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)pyridine, bis( 3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methylene, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)ether, bis(3-amine base-4-hydroxy)biphenyl, 2,2'-bis-trifluoromethyl-5,5'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxy Aromatic diamines such as phenyl)fluorene and 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-5,5'-dihydroxybenzidine. In addition, a substituent may be introduced at an arbitrary position of these compounds.

另外,亦可使用下述通式(6)所表示的二胺。 [化13]

Figure 02_image022
Moreover, the diamine represented by following general formula (6) can also be used. [chemical 13]
Figure 02_image022

式中R 1表示直接鍵、或包含碳、氫、氧、氮、硫、或鹵素的基。所述基例如可列舉碳數1~30的二價烴基或者氫的一部分或全部經鹵素原子取代的碳數1~30的二價烴基、-(C=O)-、-SO 2-、-O-、-S-、-NH-(C=O)-、-(C=O)-O-、下述通式(7)所表示的基及下述通式(8)所表示的基。式中,r及s分別獨立地表示1~20的整數,R 2表示氫原子或甲基。 In the formula, R 1 represents a direct bond, or a group comprising carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, or halogen. Such groups include, for example, a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 30 carbons or a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 30 carbons in which a part or all of the hydrogen is substituted with a halogen atom, -(C=O)-, -SO 2 -, - O-, -S-, -NH-(C=O)-, -(C=O)-O-, groups represented by the following general formula (7) and groups represented by the following general formula (8) . In the formula, r and s each independently represent an integer of 1 to 20, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

[化14]

Figure 02_image023
[chemical 14]
Figure 02_image023

[化15]

Figure 02_image025
[chemical 15]
Figure 02_image025

通式(6)所表示的二胺例如可列舉:2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、9,9-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)芴、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4'-二胺基-3,3'-二羥基雙苯基等。Examples of the diamine represented by the general formula (6) include: 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 9,9-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) Fluorene, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybisphenyl, etc.

作為具有酚性羥基的四羧酸類的較佳例,可例示於後述的芳香族系的四羧酸類的芳香族基的取代基上具有羥基的化合物。As a preferable example of the tetracarboxylic acid which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, the compound which has a hydroxyl group in the substituent of the aromatic group of the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid mentioned later can be illustrated.

該些中,就更有效果地提高耐鍍敷液性的觀點而言,較佳為包含滿足以下的(iii)及(iv)中的至少任一者的酚性羥基的二胺。 (iii)通式(1)中的X 2的一部分為包含酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,於具有該酚性羥基的芳香環鍵結有源自形成所述醯亞胺環的二胺的氮原子。 (iv)通式(1)中的X 2的一部分為具有酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,具有與具有該酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於該脂肪族基鍵結有源自形成所述醯亞胺環的二胺的氮原子。 藉由具有滿足所述(iii)或(iv)中的至少一者的酚性羥基,可更有效果地提高本組成物的硬化物的耐鍍敷液性及熱循環後的絕緣可靠性。藉由將與交聯劑(B)的交聯點設為聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的側基,可有效果地形成交聯結構。 Among these, diamine containing a phenolic hydroxyl group satisfying at least any one of the following (iii) and (iv) is preferable from the viewpoint of more effectively improving plating solution resistance. (iii) A part of X 2 in the general formula (1) is a diamine residue X 2 f containing a phenolic hydroxyl group, and an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group is bonded with a compound derived from the formation of the imide ring. Nitrogen atoms of diamines. (iv) A part of X 2 in the general formula (1) is a diamine residue X 2 f having a phenolic hydroxyl group, which has an aliphatic group directly bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and in the aliphatic The group is bonded to a nitrogen atom derived from a diamine forming the imide ring. By having a phenolic hydroxyl group satisfying at least one of (iii) or (iv), the cured product of this composition can be more effectively improved in plating solution resistance and insulation reliability after thermal cycles. By setting the crosslinking point with the crosslinking agent (B) as a side group of the polyimide resin (A), a crosslinked structure can be effectively formed.

作為滿足所述(iii)或(iv)的二胺的較佳例,可列舉以下的通式(9)、通式(10)。式(9)中,n為1~10的整數。 [化16]

Figure 02_image027
The following general formula (9) and general formula (10) are mentioned as a preferable example of the diamine which satisfies said (iii) or (iv). In formula (9), n is an integer of 1-10. [chemical 16]
Figure 02_image027

[化17]

Figure 02_image029
[chemical 17]
Figure 02_image029

1-1-d.其他單量體 於不脫離本發明的主旨的範圍內,亦可於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中包含X 1殘基、X 2殘基以外的源自單量體的殘基。例如,亦可使用具有三個以上胺基的多胺化合物。作為具有三個以上胺基的多胺化合物,例如可列舉1,2,4-三胺基苯、3,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚。 1-1-d. Other monomers In the range not departing from the gist of the present invention, the polyimide resin (A) may contain monomers other than residues X1 and X2 . residues. For example, polyamine compounds having three or more amine groups can also be used. Examples of the polyamine compound having three or more amino groups include 1,2,4-triaminobenzene and 3,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether.

1-1-e.聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的製造方法 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)可藉由各種公知的方法來製造。作為具體例,可列舉藉由加熱將作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚醯胺酸樹脂、或聚醯胺酸酯樹脂環化而轉換為醯亞胺基的方法。聚醯胺酸樹脂的合成法例如存在使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應的方法。更具體而言,可藉由使包含四羧酸二酐與二胺的單量體溶解於溶媒中,例如於60℃~120℃的溫度下攪拌0.1小時~2小時並使其聚合來製造作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的聚醯胺酸樹脂。四羧酸類與二胺等的當量比(莫耳比)例如為0.7~1.3,較佳為0.8~1.2。另外,亦較佳為使四羧酸二酐與二異氰酸酯反應來獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,繼而獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂的方法。 1-1-e. Production method of polyimide resin (A) Polyimide resin (A) can be manufactured by various well-known methods. As a specific example, a method of cyclizing a polyamic acid resin or a polyamic acid ester resin as a polyimide precursor by heating to convert it into an imide group is mentioned. As a synthetic method of polyamic acid resin, there exists the method of making tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine react, for example. More specifically, it can be produced by dissolving a monomer comprising tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine in a solvent, for example, stirring at a temperature of 60°C to 120°C for 0.1 hour to 2 hours, and polymerizing it. Polyamide resins that are precursors of polyimides. The equivalent ratio (molar ratio) of tetracarboxylic acids and diamine etc. is 0.7-1.3, for example, Preferably it is 0.8-1.2. In addition, a method of obtaining a polyimide precursor by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diisocyanate to obtain a polyimide resin is also preferred.

於在分子鏈末端導入酚性羥基的情況下,可於合成聚醯胺酸樹脂的階段導入,亦可於獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂後導入。經由後述的聚醯胺酸酯樹脂的情況亦相同。於在側鏈或側基導入酚性羥基的情況下,存在於用以使聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)聚合的單量體中使用具有酚性羥基的化合物的方法、合成聚醯亞胺樹脂前驅物或聚醯亞胺樹脂後於側鏈或側基導入酚性羥基的方法。In the case of introducing a phenolic hydroxyl group at a molecular chain terminal, it may be introduced at the stage of synthesizing the polyamide resin, or may be introduced after obtaining the polyimide resin. The same applies to the polyamide ester resin described later. In the case of introducing a phenolic hydroxyl group into a side chain or a side group, there is a method of using a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the monomer for polymerizing the polyimide resin (A), and synthesizing the polyimide resin A method of introducing phenolic hydroxyl groups into side chains or side groups after precursors or polyimide resins.

聚醯胺酸酯樹脂的合成法可例示如下方法:藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯繼而於縮合劑的存在下與二胺反應的方法、或藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯繼而將剩餘的二羧酸進行醯氯化並與二胺反應。The synthesis method of polyamide ester resin can be exemplified by the following method: the method of obtaining a diester by tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then reacting with diamine in the presence of a condensing agent, or by tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol The diester is obtained followed by acyl chlorination of the remaining dicarboxylic acid and reaction with a diamine.

作為聚合中使用的有機溶媒,例如可例示:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone,NMP)、2-丁酮、二甲基亞碸(dimethyl sulfoxide,DMSO)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(N,N-dimethyl formamide,DMF)、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(N,N-dimethyl acetamide,DMAc)、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺、六甲基磷醯胺、N-甲基己內醯胺、硫酸二甲酯、環己酮、二噁烷、四氫呋喃、二乙二醇二甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、甲酚。溶媒可單獨使用或將兩種以上併用而使用。亦能夠併用二甲苯、甲苯般的芳香族烴。Examples of organic solvents used for polymerization include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, NMP), 2-butanone, and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). , N,N-dimethylformamide (N,N-dimethyl formamide, DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (N,N-dimethyl acetamide, DMAc), N,N-diethyl Acetamide, Hexamethylphosphamide, N-Methylcaprolactam, Dimethyl Sulfate, Cyclohexanone, Dioxane, Tetrahydrofuran, Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Triethylene glycol dimethyl ether , cresol. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene and toluene can also be used together.

使聚醯亞胺前驅物進行醯亞胺化而獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂的方法並無特別限制,可例示於溶媒中例如於80℃~400℃的溫度下加熱0.5小時~50小時的方法。此時,視需要亦可使用觸媒及/或脫水劑。作為反應觸媒,可例示:三乙胺等脂肪族三級胺類、二甲基苯胺等芳香族三級胺類、吡啶、甲吡啶、異喹啉等雜環式三級胺類等。另外,作為脫水劑,例如可例示乙酸酐等脂肪族酸酐或苯甲酸酐等芳香族酸酐。The method of imidating the polyimide precursor to obtain the polyimide resin is not particularly limited, and a method of heating in a solvent, for example, at a temperature of 80° C. to 400° C. for 0.5 hours to 50 hours is exemplified. At this time, a catalyst and/or a dehydrating agent may be used as needed. Examples of the reaction catalyst include aliphatic tertiary amines such as triethylamine, aromatic tertiary amines such as dimethylaniline, heterocyclic tertiary amines such as pyridine, picoline, and isoquinoline, and the like. Moreover, as a dehydrating agent, aliphatic acid anhydrides, such as acetic anhydride, and aromatic acid anhydrides, such as benzoic anhydride, can be illustrated, for example.

醯亞胺化率(醯亞胺環的形成率)並無限定,就有效果地發揮耐鍍敷液性(耐鹼性及耐酸性)的觀點而言,較佳為80%以上,更佳為90%以上,進而佳為95%~100%。可藉由核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)或紅外線(InfraRed,IR)分析等來決定醯亞胺化率。The imidization rate (formation rate of imide ring) is not limited, but it is preferably 80% or more, more preferably It is more than 90%, more preferably 95% to 100%. The imidization ratio can be determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, NMR) or infrared (InfraRed, IR) analysis.

1-1-f.聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的特性 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中其儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度。就使耐鍍敷液性更優異的觀點而言,儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度更佳為處於30℃~80℃中的任一溫度,進而佳為處於30℃~70℃。另外,就使彎曲性更優異的觀點而言,儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度較佳為處於0℃以上且未滿30℃中的任一溫度,進而佳為處於10℃以上且25℃以下中的任一溫度。聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的調配量是任意的,但為了使對LCP基材的層壓性更優異,較佳為相對於本組成物的固體成分(不揮發成分)100質量%而包含50質量%~98質量%。 1-1-f. Properties of polyimide resin (A) The temperature at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa is any temperature between 0°C and 90°C . From the viewpoint of making the plating solution resistance more excellent, the temperature at which the storage modulus G' becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa is more preferably any temperature between 30°C and 80°C, and more preferably between 30°C and 70°C. ℃. In addition, from the viewpoint of making the flexibility more excellent, the temperature at which the storage modulus G' becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa is preferably any temperature between 0°C and less than 30°C, more preferably 10°C Any temperature above and below 25°C. The compounding amount of the polyimide resin (A) is arbitrary, but in order to make the lamination to the LCP substrate more excellent, it is preferable to contain 50% by mass to 98% by mass.

儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)可根據作為重複結構單元的單量體的種類、及Mw來調整。具體而言,藉由將作為單量體的具有二聚物結構等的柔軟性的單量體與具有脂肪族(包含脂環式骨架)的結構組合,儲存彈性係數G'有降低的傾向,相反,若將醯亞胺結構直接鍵結於平面性高的芳香族骨架的結構組合,則儲存彈性係數G'有變大的傾向。另外,藉由使Mw降低,儲存彈性係數G'有降低的傾向。除所述內容以外,亦有效的是組合將四羧酸類的酸酐基當量設為80~300左右的方法、與將二胺成分中的二聚物二胺的比例設為60莫耳%~100莫耳%的方法。再者,四羧酸類的酸酐基有時會因水分而開環,因此於對酸酐基當量進行測定時,設為適宜使樣品乾燥後進行測定。剛直的聚醯亞胺樹脂、例如包含均苯四甲酸與二胺基聯苯的聚醯亞胺樹脂於90℃下的儲存彈性係數G'為約1.0×10 9,柔軟的聚醯亞胺樹脂、例如包含二聚物二胺與1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐的聚醯亞胺樹脂於90℃下的儲存彈性係數G'為約1.0×10 5Storage modulus G' of 1.0×10 7 Pa Polyimide resin (A) at any temperature between 0°C and 90°C can be adjusted according to the type of monomer that is a repeating structural unit and Mw . Specifically, by combining a flexible monomer such as a dimer structure as a monomer with an aliphatic (including alicyclic skeleton) structure, the storage elastic coefficient G' tends to decrease, On the contrary, when the structure in which the imide structure is directly bonded to the highly planar aromatic skeleton is combined, the storage modulus G' tends to increase. In addition, by reducing Mw, the storage modulus G' tends to decrease. In addition to the above, it is also effective to combine the method of setting the acid anhydride group equivalent of tetracarboxylic acids to about 80 to 300 and the ratio of dimer diamine in the diamine component to 60 mol % to 100. Mole% method. In addition, since the acid anhydride group of tetracarboxylic acid may ring-open by moisture, when measuring an acid anhydride group equivalent, it measures after drying a sample suitably. Rigid polyimide resins, such as polyimide resins containing pyromellitic acid and diaminobiphenyl, have a storage elastic coefficient G' of about 1.0×10 9 at 90°C, and soft polyimide resins For example, the storage elastic coefficient G' at 90° C. of polyimide resin comprising dimer diamine and 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride is about 1.0×10 5 .

聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)並無特別限定,但就提高硬化物的熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性的觀點而言,較佳為1.5萬以上,更佳為2萬以上。Mw的上限值並無特別限定,就溶液黏度的處理容易度的觀點而言,較佳為100萬,更佳為10萬,進而佳為8萬。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide resin (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 2 More than ten thousand. The upper limit of Mw is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 million, more preferably 100,000, and still more preferably 80,000, from the viewpoint of ease of handling of the solution viscosity.

1-2.交聯劑(B) 交聯劑(B)是藉由熱硬化處理而形成交聯結構的化合物,具有兩個以上交聯性的官能基。交聯劑(B)包含選自由含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)所組成的群組中的一種以上。(b1)~(b6)可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上而使用。只要包含所述(b1)~(b6)即可,於不脫離本發明的主旨的範圍內亦可併用其他交聯劑。藉由包含(b1)~(b6)中的任一者作為交聯劑(B),可於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基與交聯劑(B)之間形成交聯結構。亦可於硬化物中包含交聯劑(B)彼此的交聯結構。 1-2. Crosslinking agent (B) The crosslinking agent (B) is a compound that forms a crosslinked structure by thermosetting treatment, and has two or more crosslinkable functional groups. The crosslinking agent (B) is selected from compounds containing epoxy groups (b1), cyanate ester compounds (b2), compounds containing isocyanate groups (b3), metal chelate compounds (b4), carbodiamide-containing compounds One or more species selected from the group consisting of an amino group-containing compound (b5) and a maleimide group-containing compound (b6). (b1) to (b6) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As long as the above (b1) to (b6) are contained, other crosslinking agents may be used in combination within a range not departing from the gist of the present invention. By including any one of (b1) to (b6) as a crosslinking agent (B), a crosslinking structure can be formed between the phenolic hydroxyl group of the polyimide resin (A) and the crosslinking agent (B) . A crosslinked structure of crosslinking agents (B) may be included in the cured product.

相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)100質量份,交聯劑(B)的(b1)~(b6)的合計含量設為0.5質量份~10質量份。交聯劑(B)的(b1)~(b6)的合計含量更佳為1質量份~8質量份,進而佳為2質量份~6質量份,特佳為3質量份~5質量份。交聯劑(B)可為低分子化合物亦可為高分子化合物。再者,後述的金屬螯合化合物(b4)將可配位鍵結的個數設為官能基數。例如,於包含Al、Ti、Zr的金屬螯合化合物的情況下,成為三官能成分。另外,關於交聯劑(B)的平均官能基數,設為按照同一骨架的每個交聯劑(B)算出平均官能基數。The total content of (b1) to (b6) of the crosslinking agent (B) is 0.5 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin (A). The total content of (b1) to (b6) in the crosslinking agent (B) is more preferably 1 to 8 parts by mass, still more preferably 2 to 6 parts by mass, particularly preferably 3 to 5 parts by mass. The crosslinking agent (B) may be a low-molecular compound or a high-molecular compound. In addition, in the metal chelate compound (b4) mentioned later, the number of objects which can coordinate bond is made into the number of functional groups. For example, in the case of a metal chelate compound containing Al, Ti, and Zr, it becomes a trifunctional component. In addition, regarding the average number of functional groups of the crosslinking agent (B), it is assumed that the average number of functional groups is calculated for each crosslinking agent (B) of the same skeleton.

於交聯劑(B)100質量%中,較佳為包含合計為30質量%~100質量%的(b1)~(b6),更佳為包含合計為50質量%~100質量%的(b1)~(b6)。In 100% by mass of the crosslinking agent (B), it is preferable to include (b1) to (b6) in a total of 30% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably to contain a total of 50% by mass to 100% by mass of (b1 )~(b6).

就平衡性良好地提高與LCP基材的層壓性、耐鍍敷液性、熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性及硬化後的雷射加工性的觀點而言,較佳為含環氧基的化合物(b1)單獨、或含環氧基的化合物(b1)與(b2)~(b6)的任一種以上的併用系。另外,亦較佳為於所組合的交聯劑(B)彼此進行交聯反應的組合。From the viewpoint of well-balanced improvement of lamination with LCP base material, resistance to plating solution, insulation reliability after thermal cycle test, and laser processability after curing, epoxy group-containing Compound (b1) alone, or a combination of epoxy group-containing compound (b1) and any one or more of (b2) to (b6). Moreover, it is also preferable that it is a combination in which the crosslinking reaction of the crosslinking agent (B) which is combined performs a crosslinking reaction.

1-2-a.含環氧基的化合物(b1) 含環氧基的化合物(b1)只要為於分子內具有兩個以上環氧基的化合物即可,並無特別限定。於含環氧基的化合物(b1)中,較佳為平均官能基數為3以上的具有環氧基的化合物。作為含環氧基的化合物(b1),例如可使用縮水甘油醚型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油胺型環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂、或環狀脂肪族(脂環型)環氧樹脂等環氧樹脂。 1-2-a. Epoxy group-containing compound (b1) The epoxy group-containing compound (b1) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule. Among epoxy group-containing compounds (b1), compounds having an epoxy group having an average number of functional groups of 3 or more are preferred. As the epoxy group-containing compound (b1), for example, a glycidyl ether type epoxy resin, a glycidyl amine type epoxy resin, a glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, or a cycloaliphatic (alicyclic type) epoxy resin can be used. Resins and other epoxy resins.

作為二官能的含環氧基的化合物(b1),例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯、六氫鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯、或四氫鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯等縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂;環氧環己基甲基-環氧環己烷羧酸酯、或雙(環氧環己基)己二酸酯等環狀脂肪族(脂環型)環氧樹脂。另外,可例示雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、雙酚AD型環氧樹脂。Examples of the difunctional epoxy group-containing compound (b1) include diglycidyl phthalate, diglycidyl hexahydrophthalate, or diglycidyl tetrahydrophthalate. Glycidyl ester type epoxy resin; cycloaliphatic (alicyclic type) epoxy resin such as epoxycyclohexylmethyl-epoxycyclohexane carboxylate or bis(epoxycyclohexyl)adipate. Moreover, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AD type epoxy resin can be illustrated.

作為平均官能基數為3以上的含環氧基的化合物(b1),可列舉三(縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷、四(縮水甘油氧基苯基)乙烷、作為縮水甘油胺型環氧樹脂的例如四縮水甘油基二胺基二苯基甲烷、三縮水甘油基對胺基苯酚、三縮水甘油基間胺基苯酚、或四縮水甘油基間二甲苯二胺、山梨糖醇聚縮水甘油醚等。Examples of the epoxy group-containing compound (b1) having an average number of functional groups of 3 or more include tris(glycidyloxyphenyl)methane, tetrakis(glycidyloxyphenyl)ethane, glycidylamine-type epoxy Resins such as tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane, triglycidyl p-aminophenol, triglycidyl m-aminophenol, or tetraglycidyl m-xylylenediamine, sorbitol polyglycidol Ether etc.

另外,可例示:甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、α-萘酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、四溴雙酚A型環氧樹脂、溴化苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂等含環氧基的化合物(b1)。In addition, cresol novolak-type epoxy resins, phenol novolac-type epoxy resins, α-naphthol novolac-type epoxy resins, bisphenol A novolac-type epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene-type Epoxy group-containing compounds (b1), such as epoxy resins, tetrabromobisphenol A-type epoxy resins, and brominated phenol novolak-type epoxy resins.

作為含環氧基的化合物(b1),可單獨使用一種所述化合物或者將兩種以上組合而使用。就高接著性的觀點而言,較佳為使用雙酚A型環氧樹脂、甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、三(縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷、四(縮水甘油氧基苯基)乙烷、或四縮水甘油基間二甲苯二胺。As the epoxy group-containing compound (b1), these compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of high adhesion, it is preferable to use bisphenol A type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, tris(glycidyloxyphenyl)methane, tetra (glycidyloxyphenyl)ethane, or tetraglycidyl m-xylylenediamine.

1-2-b.氰酸酯酯化合物(b2) 氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)是指具有兩個以上氰酸酯基的化合物。作為具體例,可列舉:2,2-雙(4-氰酸酯苯基)丙烷(雙酚A型氰酸酯樹脂)、雙(3,5-二甲基-4-氰酸酯苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(4-氰酸酯苯基)乙烷等或該些的衍生物等芳香族系氰酸酯酯化合物。該些可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上組合。 1-2-b. Cyanate ester compound (b2) The cyanate ester compound (b2) means a compound having two or more cyanate groups. Specific examples include: 2,2-bis(4-cyanate phenyl)propane (bisphenol A type cyanate resin), bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-cyanate phenyl) ) methane, 2,2-bis(4-cyanate phenyl) ethane, etc., or aromatic cyanate ester compounds such as derivatives thereof. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

1-2-c.含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3) 含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)只要為於分子內具有兩個以上異氰酸酯基的化合物即可,並無特別限定。 1-2-c. Isocyanate group-containing compound (b3) The isocyanate group-containing compound (b3) is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more isocyanate groups in the molecule.

作為於一分子中具有兩個異氰酸酯基的含異氰酸酯基的化合物,具體而言,可列舉:1,3-伸苯基二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基二異氰酸酯、1,4-伸苯基二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、2,4,6-三異氰酸酯甲苯、1,3,5-三異氰酸酯苯、聯茴香胺二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基醚二異氰酸酯、4,4',4''-三苯基甲烷三異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯、三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,2-伸丙基二異氰酸酯、2,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、1,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、十二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯-1,3-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯-1,4-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯-1,4-二乙基苯、1,4-四甲基二甲苯二異氰酸酯、1,3-四甲基二甲苯二異氰酸酯等芳香脂肪族二異氰酸酯、3-異氰酸酯甲基-3,5,5-三甲基環己基異氰酸酯[別名:異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯]、1,3-環戊烷二異氰酸酯、1,3-環己烷二異氰酸酯、1,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,6-環己烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、1,3-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷等脂環族二異氰酸酯。As an isocyanate group-containing compound having two isocyanate groups in one molecule, specifically, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylene diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, Phenyl diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-toluene diisocyanate, 2,4,6-tri Isocyanate toluene, 1,3,5-triisocyanate benzene, dianisidine diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4',4''-triphenylmethane triisocyanate and other aromatic diisocyanates Isocyanate, trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 1,2-propylidene diisocyanate, 2,3-butylene diisocyanate, 1 , 3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate and other aliphatic diisocyanates, ω,ω'-diisocyanate-1,3- Dimethylbenzene, ω,ω'-diisocyanate-1,4-dimethylbenzene, ω,ω'-diisocyanate-1,4-diethylbenzene, 1,4-tetramethylxylene diisocyanate , 1,3-tetramethylxylene diisocyanate and other araliphatic diisocyanates, 3-isocyanate methyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate [alias: isophorone diisocyanate], 1, 3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,6-cyclohexane Alkane diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. Cyclic diisocyanates.

另外,作為於一分子中具有三個異氰酸酯基的含異氰酸酯基的化合物,可列舉:芳香族聚異氰酸酯、離胺酸三異氰酸酯等脂肪族聚異氰酸酯、芳香脂肪族聚異氰酸酯、脂環族聚異氰酸酯等,且可列舉所述說明的二異氰酸酯的三羥甲基丙烷加成物、與水反應而得的縮二脲體、具有異氰脲酸酯環的三聚體。In addition, examples of isocyanate group-containing compounds having three isocyanate groups in one molecule include aliphatic polyisocyanates such as aromatic polyisocyanate and lysine triisocyanate, araliphatic polyisocyanate, alicyclic polyisocyanate, and the like. , and examples thereof include trimethylolpropane adducts of diisocyanates described above, biurets obtained by reacting with water, and trimers having isocyanurate rings.

作為含異氰酸酯基的化合物,亦可使用例示的各種含異氰酸酯基的化合物中的異氰酸酯基經ε-己內醯胺或甲基乙基酮(methyl ethyl ketone,MEK)肟等保護的嵌段化含異氰酸酯基的化合物。具體而言,可列舉利用ε-己內醯胺、甲基乙基酮(以下,稱為MEK)肟、環己酮肟、吡唑、苯酚等對所述含異氰酸酯基的化合物的異氰酸酯基進行嵌段而得的化合物等。特別是於本發明中使用具有異氰脲酸酯環、且利用MEK肟或吡唑進行嵌段而得的六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚體的情況下,由於相對於聚醯亞胺或銅的接著強度或耐熱性優異,因此非常佳。另外,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為具有三個以上的異氰酸酯基。As an isocyanate group-containing compound, a block containing isocyanate group protected by ε-caprolactam or methyl ethyl ketone (methyl ethyl ketone, MEK) oxime, etc. in the various exemplified isocyanate group-containing compounds can also be used. Isocyanate-based compounds. Specifically, the isocyanate group of the isocyanate group-containing compound is treated with ε-caprolactam, methyl ethyl ketone (hereinafter referred to as MEK) oxime, cyclohexanone oxime, pyrazole, phenol, etc. Block-derived compounds, etc. Especially in the case of using a hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer having an isocyanurate ring and being blocked by MEK oxime or pyrazole in the present invention, due to the It is excellent in adhesive strength and heat resistance. Moreover, it is preferable to have three or more isocyanate groups from a heat resistant viewpoint.

1-2-d.金屬螯合化合物(b4) 金屬螯合化合物(b4)是包含金屬與有機物的有機金屬化合物,是與聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的反應性官能基或交聯劑(B)的交聯性的官能基反應而形成交聯的化合物。有機金屬化合物的種類並無特別限定,可列舉:有機鋁化合物、有機鈦化合物、有機鋯化合物等。另外,金屬與有機物的鍵結亦可為金屬-氧鍵結,並不限定於金屬-碳鍵結。進而,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為官能基數(可配位鍵結的個數)為3以上。 1-2-d. Metal chelate compound (b4) The metal chelate compound (b4) is an organometallic compound containing metal and organic matter, and reacts with the reactive functional group of the polyimide resin (A) or the crosslinkable functional group of the crosslinking agent (B) to form a crosslinking compound. linked compounds. The type of organometallic compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include organoaluminum compounds, organotitanium compounds, and organozirconium compounds. In addition, the bond between the metal and the organic substance may also be a metal-oxygen bond, and is not limited to a metal-carbon bond. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferable that the number of functional groups (the number of objects capable of coordinate bonding) is 3 or more.

所述有機鋁化合物較佳為鋁金屬螯合化合物。鋁金屬螯合化合物例如可列舉:乙基乙醯乙酸鋁二異丙醇鹽、三(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、烷基乙醯乙酸鋁二異丙醇鹽、單乙醯丙酮酸雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、三(乙醯乙酸)鋁、單乙醯乙酸雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋁、二正丁醇單甲基乙醯乙酸鋁、二異丁醇單甲基乙醯乙酸鋁、二-第二丁醇單甲基乙醯乙酸鋁、異丙醇鋁、單第二丁氧基鋁二異丙醇鹽、第二丁醇鋁、乙醇鋁等。The organoaluminum compound is preferably an aluminum metal chelate compound. Aluminum metal chelate compounds, for example, include aluminum ethyl acetylacetate diisopropoxide, tris(ethyl acetylacetate) aluminum, alkyl acetylacetate aluminum diisopropoxide, monoacetylpyruvate bis( Aluminum ethylacetate, aluminum tris(acetate), aluminum bis(ethylacetate) monoacetate, aluminum di-n-butanol monomethylacetate, diisobutanol monomethylacetate Aluminum acetylacetate, aluminum di-second-butanol monomethylacetyl acetate, aluminum isopropoxide, mono-second butoxyaluminum diisopropoxide, aluminum second butoxide, aluminum ethoxide, and the like.

所述有機鈦化合物較佳為鈦金屬螯合化合物。鈦金屬螯合化合物例如可列舉:乙醯丙酮酸鈦、四乙醯丙酮酸鈦、乙基乙醯乙酸鈦、辛二醇鈦、乙基乙醯乙酸鈦、1,3-丙烷二氧基雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、聚乙醯乙醯丙酮酸鈦、四異丙基鈦酸酯、四正丁基鈦酸酯、丁基鈦酸酯二聚物、四辛基鈦酸酯、第三戊基鈦酸酯、四-第三丁基鈦酸酯、四硬脂基鈦酸酯、異硬脂酸鈦、三-正丁氧基鈦單硬脂酸酯、二-異丙氧基鈦二硬脂酸酯、硬脂酸鈦、二-異丙氧基鈦二異硬脂酸酯、(2-正丁氧基羰基苯甲醯氧基)三丁氧基鈦等。 有機鋯化合物較佳為鋯金屬螯合化合物。鋯金屬螯合化合物例如可列舉:四乙醯丙酮酸鋯、三丁氧基乙醯丙酮酸鋯、單丁氧基乙醯丙酮酸雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋯、二丁氧基雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鋯、四乙醯丙酮酸鋯、正丙基鋯酸酯、正丁基鋯酸酯、硬脂酸鋯、辛酸鋯等。該些中,就熱硬化反應性的方面而言,較佳為有機鈦化合物、有機鋯化合物。 The organotitanium compound is preferably a titanium metal chelate compound. Titanium metal chelate compounds include, for example: titanium acetylacetonate, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, titanium ethylacetate, titanium octane glycolate, titanium ethylacetate, 1,3-propanedioxybis Titanium (Ethyl Acetyl Acetate), Titanium Polyacetyl Acetyl Pyruvate, Tetraisopropyl Titanate, Tetra-N-Butyl Titanate, Butyl Titanate Dimer, Tetraoctyl Titanate, Tri-pentyl titanate, tetra-tert-butyl titanate, tetrastearyl titanate, titanium isostearate, tri-n-butoxytitanium monostearate, di-isopropoxy titanium distearate, titanium stearate, di-isopropoxytitanium diisostearate, (2-n-butoxycarbonylbenzoyloxy)tributoxytitanium, etc. The organic zirconium compound is preferably a zirconium metal chelate compound. Zirconium metal chelate compounds, for example, include: zirconium tetraacetylacetonate, zirconium tributoxyacetylacetonate, bis(ethylacetylacetate) zirconium monobutoxyacetylacetonate, dibutoxybis( Zirconium ethyl acetylacetate, zirconium tetraacetylpyruvate, n-propyl zirconate, n-butyl zirconate, zirconium stearate, zirconium octoate, etc. Among these, organic titanium compounds and organic zirconium compounds are preferable in terms of thermosetting reactivity.

1-2-e.含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5) 含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)只要於分子內具有兩個以上碳二醯亞胺基,則並無特別限定。作為含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物,例如可列舉:卡博萊特(Carbodilite)V-01、V-03、V-05、V-07、V-09(日清紡化學股份有限公司)、環狀碳二醯亞胺(帝人股份有限公司)等。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為於一分子中具有平均官能基數為3以上的碳二醯亞胺基者。 1-2-e. Carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5) The carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5) is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more carbodiimide groups in the molecule. Examples of carbodiimide group-containing compounds include: Carbodilite V-01, V-03, V-05, V-07, V-09 (Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd.), cyclic Carbodiimide (Teijin Co., Ltd.), etc. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, those having a carbodiimide group with an average functional group number of 3 or more in one molecule are preferred.

1-2-f.含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6) 含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)只要為於分子內具有兩個以上馬來醯亞胺基的化合物即可,並無特別限定,但更佳為平均官能基數為3以上。 作為具體例,可列舉:鄰伸苯基雙馬來醯亞胺、間伸苯基雙馬來醯亞胺、對伸苯基雙馬來醯亞胺、4-甲基-1,3-伸苯基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(甲苯-2,6-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、4,4'-二苯基甲烷雙馬來醯亞胺、雙酚A二苯基醚雙馬來醯亞胺、3,3'-二甲基-5,5'-二乙基-4,4'-二苯基甲烷雙馬來醯亞胺、4,4'-二苯基醚雙馬來醯亞胺、4,4'-二苯基碸雙馬來醯亞胺、1,3-雙(3-馬來醯亞胺苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-馬來醯亞胺苯氧基)苯、聚苯基甲烷馬來醯亞胺(中國科學院(Chinese Academy of Sciences,CAS)編號(NO):67784-74-1、包含甲醛與苯胺的聚合物與馬來酸酐的反應產物)、N,N'-伸乙基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-三亞甲基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-伸丙基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-四亞甲基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-五亞甲基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,3-戊烷二基)雙(馬來醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,7-戊烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,8-辛烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,9-壬烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,10-癸烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,11-十一烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(1,12-十二烷二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(1,4-伸苯基)雙亞甲基]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(1,2-伸苯基)雙亞甲基]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(1,3-伸苯基)雙亞甲基]雙馬來醯亞胺、1,6'-雙馬來醯亞胺-(2,2,4-三甲基)己烷、N,N'-[(甲基亞胺基)雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(2-羥基丙烷-1,3-二基雙亞胺基雙羰基雙伸乙基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(二硫代雙伸乙基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[六亞甲基雙(亞胺基羰基亞甲基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-羰基雙(1,4-伸苯基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N',N''-[氮基三(伸乙基)]三馬來醯亞胺、N,N',N''-[氮基三(4,1-伸苯基)]三馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[對伸苯基雙(氧基-對伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(氧基)雙(2-甲基-1,4-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(氧基-對伸苯基)]雙(馬來醯亞胺)、N,N'-[二甲基伸矽烷基雙[(4,1-伸苯基)(1,3,4-噁二唑-5,2-二基)(4,1-伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(1,3-伸苯基)雙氧基雙(3,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、1,1'-[3'-氧代螺環[9H-呫噸-9,1'(3'H)-異苯並呋喃]-3,6-二基]雙(1H-吡咯-2,5-二酮)、N,N'-(3,3'-二氯聯苯-4,4'-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(3,3'-二甲基聯苯-4,4'-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(3,3'-二甲氧基聯苯-4,4'-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(2-乙基-4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(2,6-二乙基-4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(2-溴-6-乙基-4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(2-甲基-4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[伸乙基雙(氧基伸乙基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[磺醯基雙(4,1-伸苯基)雙(氧基)雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[萘-2,7-二基雙(氧基)雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[對伸苯基雙(氧基-對伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(1,3-伸苯基)雙氧基雙(3,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(3,6,9-三氧雜十一烷-1,11-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞異丙基雙[對伸苯基氧基羰基(間伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞異丙基雙[對伸苯基氧基羰基(對伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞異丙基雙[(2,6-二氯苯-4,1-二基)氧基羰基(對伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[(苯基亞胺基)雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[偶氮雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[1,3,4-噁二唑-2,5-二基雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、2,6-雙[4-(馬來醯亞胺-N-基)苯氧基]苄腈、N,N'-[1,3,4-噁二唑-2,5-二基雙(3,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[雙[9-氧代-9H-9-磷雜(V)-10-氧雜菲-9-基]亞甲基雙(對伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[六氟亞異丙基雙[對伸苯基氧基羰基(間伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[羰基雙[(4,1-伸苯基)硫代(4,1-伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-羰基雙(對伸苯基氧基對伸苯基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[5-第三丁基-1,3-伸苯基雙[(1,3,4-噁二唑-5,2-二基)(4,1-伸苯基)]]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞環己基雙(4,1-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[亞甲基雙(氧基)雙(2-甲基-1,4-伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[5-[2-[5-(二甲基胺基)-1-萘基磺醯基胺基]乙基胺甲醯基]-1,3-伸苯基]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(氧基雙伸乙基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-[二硫代雙(間伸苯基)]雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(3,6,9-三氧雜十一烷-1,11-二基)雙馬來醯亞胺、N,N'-(伸乙基雙-對伸苯基)雙馬來醯亞胺、人工分子(Designer Molecules)公司製造的BMI-689、BMI-1500、BMI-1700、BMI-3000、BMI-5000、BMI-9000、JFE化學(JFE CHEMICAL)公司製造的ODA-BMI、BAFBMI等多官能馬來醯亞胺。 1-2-f. Compounds containing maleimide groups (b6) The maleimide group-containing compound (b6) is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more maleimide groups in the molecule, but it is more preferable that the average number of functional groups is 3 or more. Specific examples include o-phenylene bismaleimide, m-phenylene bismaleimide, p-phenylene bismaleimide, 4-methyl-1,3- Phenylbismaleimide, N,N'-(toluene-2,6-diyl)bismaleimide, 4,4'-diphenylmethane bismaleimide, bisphenol A Diphenyl ether bismaleimide, 3,3'-dimethyl-5,5'-diethyl-4,4'-diphenylmethane bismaleimide, 4,4'- Diphenyl ether bismaleimide, 4,4'-diphenyl bismaleimide, 1,3-bis(3-maleimidephenoxy)benzene, 1,3- Bis(4-maleimidephenoxy)benzene, polyphenylmethanemaleimide (Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS) number (NO): 67784-74-1, containing formaldehyde and aniline The reaction product of polymers with maleic anhydride), N,N'-ethylenebismaleimide, N,N'-trimethylenebismaleimide, N,N'-propylidene Bismaleimide, N,N'-Tetramethylenebismaleimide, N,N'-Pentamethylenebismaleimide, N,N'-(1,3-pentane Alkanediyl)bis(maleimide), N,N'-hexamethylenebismaleimide, N,N'-(1,7-pentanediyl)bismaleimide , N,N'-(1,8-octanediyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(1,9-nonanediyl)bismaleimide, N,N'- (1,10-decanediyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(1,11-undecanediyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(1,12- dodecanediyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-[(1,4-phenylene)bismethylene]bismaleimide, N,N'-[(1,2 -Phenylylene)bismethylene]bismaleimide, N,N'-[(1,3-phenylene)bismethylene]bismaleimide, 1,6'-bismaleimide Maleimide-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane, N,N'-[(methylimino)bis(4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide , N,N'-(2-hydroxypropane-1,3-diylbisiminobiscarbonylbisethylene)bismaleimide, N,N'-(dithiobisethylene) Bismaleimide, N,N'-[hexamethylenebis(iminocarbonylmethylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-carbonylbis(1,4-phenylene ) bismaleimide, N,N',N''-[nitrotris(ethylenyl)]trimaleimide, N,N',N''-[nitrotris(4, 1-phenylene)]trimaleimide, N,N'-[p-phenylenebis(oxy-p-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[methylene Bis(oxy)bis(2-methyl-1,4-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[methylenebis(oxy-p-phenylene)]bis (maleimide), N,N'-[dimethylsilanebis[(4,1-phenylene)(1,3,4-oxadiazole-5,2-diyl)( 4,1-phenylene)]]bismaleimide, N,N'-[(1,3-phenylene)dioxybis(3,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide Imine, 1,1'-[3'-oxospiro[9H-xanthene-9,1'(3'H)-isobenzofuran]-3,6-diyl]bis(1H-pyrrole -2,5-dione), N,N'-(3,3'-dichlorobiphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(3,3' -Dimethylbiphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(3,3'-dimethoxybiphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bismaleimide Laimide, N,N'-[methylenebis(2-ethyl-4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[methylenebis(2, 6-diethyl-4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[methylenebis(2-bromo-6-ethyl-4,1-phenylene) ]bismaleimide, N,N'-[methylenebis(2-methyl-4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[ethylenylbis (oxyethylenyl)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[sulfonylbis(4,1-phenylene)bis(oxy)bis(4,1-phenylene)]bis Maleimide, N,N'-[naphthalene-2,7-diylbis(oxy)bis(4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[para Phenylbis(oxy-p-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[(1,3-phenylene)dioxybis(3,1-phenylene)] Bismaleimide, N,N'-(3,6,9-trioxaundecane-1,11-diyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-[isopropylidene Bis[p-phenyleneoxycarbonyl(m-phenylene)]]bismaleimide, N,N'-[isopropylidene bis[p-phenyleneoxycarbonyl(p-phenylene)] ]bismaleimide, N,N'-[isopropylidenebis[(2,6-dichlorobenzene-4,1-diyl)oxycarbonyl(p-phenylene)]]bismaleimide Imide, N,N'-[(phenylimino)bis(4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[azobis(4,1- Phenyl)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[1,3,4-oxadiazole-2,5-diylbis(4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide , 2,6-bis[4-(maleimide-N-yl)phenoxy]benzonitrile, N,N'-[1,3,4-oxadiazole-2,5-diylbis (3,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[bis[9-oxo-9H-9-phosphora(V)-10-oxaphenanthrene-9-yl] Methylenebis(p-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[hexafluoroisopropylidene bis[p-phenyleneoxycarbonyl(m-phenylene)]]bismaleimide Imide, N,N'-[carbonylbis[(4,1-phenylene)thio(4,1-phenylene)]]bismaleimide, N,N'-carbonylbis( p-phenyleneoxy-p-phenylene)bismaleimide, N,N'-[5-tert-butyl-1,3-phenylenebis[(1,3,4-oxadiazole -5,2-diyl)(4,1-phenylene)]]bismaleimide, N,N'-[cyclohexylene bis(4,1-phenylene)]bismaleimide Imine, N,N'-[methylenebis(oxy)bis(2-methyl-1,4-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-[5-[2 -[5-(Dimethylamino)-1-naphthylsulfonylamino]ethylaminoformyl]-1,3-phenylene]bismaleimide, N,N'- (Oxybisethylenyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-[dithiobis(m-phenylene)]bismaleimide, N,N'-(3,6,9 -trioxaundecane-1,11-diyl)bismaleimide, N,N'-(ethylenylbis-p-phenylene)bismaleimide, artificial molecule (Designer Molecules ) BMI-689, BMI-1500, BMI-1700, BMI-3000, BMI-5000, BMI-9000, ODA-BMI, BAFBMI and other polyfunctional maleimides manufactured by JFE CHEMICAL .

另外,可列舉使多官能胺與馬來酸酐反應而獲得的多官能馬來醯亞胺。作為多官能胺,可列舉:異佛爾酮二胺;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二胺;亨斯邁公司(Huntsman·Corporation)公司製造的具有末端胺基化聚丙二醇骨架的吉夫胺(Jeffamine)D-230、HK-511、D-400、XTJ-582、D-2000、XTJ-578、XTJ-509、XTJ-510、T-403、T-5000;具有末端胺基化乙二醇骨架的XTJ-500、XTJ-501、XTJ-502、XTJ-504、XTJ-511、XTJ-512、XTJ-590;具有末端胺基化聚四亞甲基二醇骨架的XTJ-542、XTJ-533、XTJ-536、XTJ-548、XTJ-559等。Moreover, the polyfunctional maleimide obtained by making polyfunctional amine and maleic anhydride react can be mentioned. Examples of polyfunctional amines include: isophoronediamine; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diamine; Gif having a terminal aminated polypropylene glycol skeleton manufactured by Huntsman Corporation. Amine (Jeffamine) D-230, HK-511, D-400, XTJ-582, D-2000, XTJ-578, XTJ-509, XTJ-510, T-403, T-5000; XTJ-500, XTJ-501, XTJ-502, XTJ-504, XTJ-511, XTJ-512, XTJ-590 with diol skeleton; XTJ-542, XTJ-533, XTJ-536, XTJ-548, XTJ-559, etc.

於藉由自由基使含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)交聯的情況下,可添加自由基聚合起始劑。具體而言,可例示偶氮系化合物、有機過氧化物。聚合起始劑可使用一種或將兩種以上組合而使用。 作為偶氮系化合物,可例示:2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己烷1-碳腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基-4-甲氧基戊腈)、二甲基2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)、4,4'-偶氮雙(4-氰基戊酸)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-羥基甲基丙腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]。 作為有機過氧化物,可例示:過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、氫過氧化枯烯、過氧化二碳酸二異丙酯、過氧化二碳酸二正丙酯、過氧化二碳酸二(2-乙氧基乙基)酯、過氧化2-乙基己酸第三丁酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化特戊酸第三丁酯、(3,5,5-三甲基己醯基)過氧化物、過氧化二丙醯、過氧化二乙醯。 When the maleimide group-containing compound (b6) is crosslinked by radicals, a radical polymerization initiator may be added. Specifically, an azo compound and an organic peroxide can be illustrated. The polymerization initiator can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. Examples of azo compounds include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane 1-carbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile ), dimethyl 2,2'-azobis(2-methyl propionate), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), 2,2'-azobis(2 -hydroxymethylpropionitrile), 2,2'-azobis[2-(2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]. Examples of organic peroxides include: benzoyl peroxide, tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxydicarbonate, peroxide Bis(2-ethoxyethyl) dicarbonate, tert-butyl peroxy 2-ethylhexanoate, tert-butyl peroxyneodecanoate, tert-butyl peroxypivalate, (3, 5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide, diacryl peroxide, diacetyl peroxide.

交聯劑(B)較佳為併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與化合物(b2)~化合物(b7)中的至少任一種。特別是就製成耐鍍敷液性、及耐熱性更優異的物質的觀點而言,較佳為併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)、併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)。另外,就使耐鍍敷液性與熱循環後遷移性更優異的觀點而言,較佳為併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、併用含環氧基的化合物(b1)與金屬螯合化合物(b4)。The crosslinking agent (B) is preferably used in combination with at least any one of the epoxy group-containing compound (b1) and the compound (b2) to compound (b7). In particular, it is preferable to use an epoxy group-containing compound (b1) and an isocyanate group-containing compound (b3) in combination, and to use an epoxy group-containing A compound (b1) containing a carbodiimide group and a compound (b5) containing a carbodiimide group, and an epoxy group-containing compound (b1) and a compound (b6) containing a maleimide group are used in combination. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving plating solution resistance and migration after thermal cycles, it is preferable to use an epoxy group-containing compound (b1) and a cyanate ester compound (b2) in combination, and to use an epoxy group-containing compound (b1) in combination. Compound (b1) and metal chelate compound (b4).

1-3.紫外線吸收劑(C) 本組成物中亦可含有紫外線吸收劑(C)作為任意成分。紫外線吸收劑起到吸收紫外線並將紫外線的光能轉換為熱能的作用。於使由本組成物形成的接著片等熱硬化性片硬化而成的硬化層的通孔形成時使用紫外線(Ultraviolet,UV)雷射光的情況下,藉由添加紫外線吸收劑,可調整對接著片或硬化物層施加的能量。結果,可提高雷射加工性。紫外線吸收劑(C)較佳為於本組成物100質量%中包含0.1質量%~10質量%,更佳為包含0.1質量%~5質量%。再者,對接著片或硬化物層的雷射光照射可根據用途來選擇各種波長(紫外光、紅外光等)。另外,視需要亦可照射多束雷射光。 1-3. UV absorber (C) This composition may contain an ultraviolet absorber (C) as an optional component. The ultraviolet absorber functions to absorb ultraviolet rays and convert light energy of ultraviolet rays into heat energy. In the case of using ultraviolet (Ultraviolet, UV) laser light when forming the through holes of the hardened layer formed by curing a thermosetting sheet such as an adhesive sheet formed of this composition, the adhesive sheet can be adjusted by adding an ultraviolet absorber Or the energy applied by the hardened layer. As a result, laser processability can be improved. The ultraviolet absorber (C) is preferably contained in 0.1 mass % - 10 mass % in 100 mass % of this composition, More preferably, it is contained in 0.1 mass % - 5 mass %. In addition, various wavelengths (ultraviolet light, infrared light, etc.) can be selected for the laser light irradiation on the adhesive sheet or the cured material layer according to the application. In addition, a plurality of laser beams may be irradiated as needed.

紫外線吸收劑(C)的種類可列舉:二苯甲酮系、苯並三唑系、三嗪系、水楊酸酯系、氰基丙烯酸酯系等。另外,亦可使用氧化鋅。紫外線吸收劑(C)無論有無表面處理均可使用。 具體而言,可列舉:2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基-2'-羧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-正十二烷氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-正十八烷氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-苄氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-5-氯二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2',4,4'-四羥基二苯甲酮、聚-4-(2-丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)-2-羥基二苯甲酮、2-(2-羥基-5-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-5-第三丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-甲基-4-羥基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-3-甲基-5-第三丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-3,5-二第三丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)-5-甲氧基苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-3-第三丁基-5-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-(2-羥基-5-第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-[4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基]-5-(辛氧基)苯酚、2-(4,6-二苯基-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基)-5-(己氧基)苯酚、水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、2,2-雙{[2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯醯基氧基]甲基}丙烷-1,3-二基-雙(2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸酯)等。 Examples of the type of ultraviolet absorber (C) include benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, triazine-based, salicylate-based, cyanoacrylate-based, and the like. In addition, zinc oxide can also be used. UV absorber (C) can be used with or without surface treatment. Specifically, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2'-carboxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxydiphenone, Benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octadecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone Ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-5-chlorobenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-di Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone , poly-4-(2-acryloxyethoxy)-2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy -5-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl ) benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-5-tert-butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl ) benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-5-methoxybenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5- Methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-[4,6-bis(2, 4-Dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-(octyloxy)phenol, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-tri Oxyzin-2-yl)-5-(hexyloxy)phenol, phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-cyano 2-ethylhexyl-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2,2-bis{[2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacryloxy]methyl}propane-1,3 -Diyl-bis(2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate) and the like.

1-4.填料(D) 本組成物中亦可含有填料(D)作為任意成分。就提高本組成物的耐鍍敷液性及熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性、對LCP的層壓性的觀點而言,較佳為於本組成物100質量%中包含3質量%~60質量%的填料(D),更佳為包含5質量%~40質量%。藉由使填料(D)量為3質量%以上,相對於熱循環試驗時的急遽的溫度變化引起的應力,可有效果地抑制裂紋或剝離等的發生,另外,藉由包含特定以上的量的不易受到鍍敷液侵蝕的成分,可提高耐鍍敷液性。此外,相對於熱循環試驗時的急遽的溫度變化引起的應力,有效果地抑制裂紋或剝離等的發生,藉此防止水分等侵入裂紋或剝離部分,從而可提高絕緣可靠性。另一方面,藉由使填料(D)量為60質量%以下,有助於接著至被黏物上的樹脂成分的比率變高,對LCP基材的層壓性變得更優異。 1-4. Filler (D) The present composition may contain a filler (D) as an optional component. From the viewpoint of improving the plating solution resistance of this composition, the insulation reliability after a thermal cycle test, and the lamination property to LCP, it is preferable to contain 3% by mass to 60% by mass in 100% by mass of this composition % filler (D), more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass. By setting the amount of filler (D) to 3% by mass or more, the occurrence of cracks or peeling can be effectively suppressed against the stress caused by the rapid temperature change during the thermal cycle test. In addition, by including a specified amount or more The components that are not easily attacked by the plating solution can improve the resistance to the plating solution. In addition, with respect to the stress caused by the rapid temperature change during the thermal cycle test, the occurrence of cracks or peeling is effectively suppressed, thereby preventing moisture from entering the cracked or peeled part, thereby improving insulation reliability. On the other hand, by making the amount of the filler (D) 60% by mass or less, the ratio of the resin component that adheres to the adherend becomes higher, and the lamination property to the LCP substrate becomes more excellent.

填料(D)的形狀並無特別限定。例如可列舉:球狀、粉狀、纖維狀、針狀、鱗片狀等。作為填料(D)的具體例,可列舉:氟填料:聚四氟乙烯粉末或其改質物、四氟乙烯-全氟烷基乙烯基醚粉末、四氟乙烯-乙烯粉末、四氟乙烯-六氟丙烯粉末、四氟乙烯-偏二氟乙烯粉末、四氟乙烯-六氟丙烯-全氟烷基乙烯基醚粉末、聚氯三氟乙烯粉末、氯三氟乙烯-乙烯粉末、氯三氟乙烯-偏二氟乙烯粉末、聚偏二氟乙烯粉末、聚氟乙烯基粉末。另外,可列舉:聚乙烯粉末、聚丙烯酸酯粉末、環氧樹脂粉末、聚醯胺粉末、聚醯亞胺粉末、聚胺基甲酸酯粉末、液晶聚合物珠、聚矽氧烷粉末等、以及使用了矽酮、丙烯酸、苯乙烯丁二烯橡膠、丁二烯橡膠等的多層結構的核殼等高分子填料;磷酸三聚氰胺、聚磷酸三聚氰胺、磷酸胍、聚磷酸胍、磷酸銨、聚磷酸銨、磷酸醯胺銨、聚磷酸醯胺銨、磷酸胺甲酸酯、聚磷酸胺甲酸酯等(聚)磷酸鹽系化合物、有機磷酸酯化合物、磷腈(phosphazene)化合物、膦酸化合物、二乙基次膦酸鋁、甲基乙基次膦酸鋁、二苯基次膦酸鋁、乙基丁基次膦酸鋁、甲基丁基次膦酸鋁、聚乙烯次膦酸鋁等次膦酸化合物、氧化膦化合物、正膦(phosphorane)化合物、磷醯胺化合物等磷系填料;苯並胍胺、三聚氰胺、蜜白胺(melam)、蜜勒胺(melem)、蜜隆胺(melon)、三聚氰胺氰脲酸酯、氰脲酸化合物、異氰脲酸化合物、三唑系化合物、四唑化合物、重氮化合物、脲等氮系填料;結晶性二氧化矽、非晶性二氧化矽、中空二氧化矽、多孔質二氧化矽、雲母、滑石、高嶺土、黏土、水滑石(hydrotalcite)、矽灰石、硬矽鈣石、氮化矽、氮化硼、氮化鋁、磷酸氫鈣、磷酸鈣、玻璃片、水合玻璃、鈦酸鈣、海泡石、硫酸鎂、氫氧化鋁、氫氧化鎂、氫氧化鋯、氫氧化鋇、氫氧化鈣、氧化鈦、氧化錫、氧化鋁、氧化鎂、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、氧化鉬、氧化銻、氧化鎳、碳酸鋅、碳酸鎂、碳酸鈣、碳酸鋇、硼酸鋅、硼酸鋁等無機填料等。The shape of the filler (D) is not particularly limited. For example, spherical shape, powdery shape, fibrous shape, needle shape, scale shape etc. are mentioned. Specific examples of the filler (D) include: fluorine filler: polytetrafluoroethylene powder or its modified product, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether powder, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoroethylene powder, Fluoropropylene powder, tetrafluoroethylene-vinylidene fluoride powder, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether powder, polychlorotrifluoroethylene powder, chlorotrifluoroethylene-ethylene powder, chlorotrifluoroethylene - Vinylidene fluoride powder, polyvinylidene fluoride powder, polyvinylidene fluoride based powder. In addition, polyethylene powder, polyacrylate powder, epoxy resin powder, polyamide powder, polyimide powder, polyurethane powder, liquid crystal polymer beads, polysiloxane powder, etc., And polymer fillers such as silicone, acrylic, styrene butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber and other multi-layer core-shell structures; melamine phosphate, melamine polyphosphate, guanidine phosphate, guanidine polyphosphate, ammonium phosphate, polyphosphoric acid Ammonium, Ammonium Ammonium Phosphate, Ammonium Ammonium Polyphosphate, Ammonium Phosphate Formate, Ammonium Phosphate and other (poly)phosphate compounds, Organic Phosphate Compounds, Phosphazene Compounds, Phosphonic Acid Compounds, Aluminum diethylphosphinate, aluminum methylethylphosphinate, aluminum diphenylphosphinate, aluminum ethylbutylphosphinate, aluminum methylbutylphosphinate, aluminum polyethylenephosphinate, etc. Phosphinic acid compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, phosphorane compounds, phosphoramide compounds and other phosphorus fillers; benzoguanamine, melamine, melam, melem, melon ( Melon), melamine cyanurate, cyanuric acid compound, isocyanuric acid compound, triazole compound, tetrazole compound, diazo compound, urea and other nitrogen-based fillers; crystalline silica, amorphous Silicon, hollow silica, porous silica, mica, talc, kaolin, clay, hydrotalcite, wollastonite, xonotlite, silicon nitride, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, hydrogen phosphate Calcium, calcium phosphate, glass flakes, hydrated glass, calcium titanate, sepiolite, magnesium sulfate, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, zirconium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, titanium oxide, tin oxide, aluminum oxide , magnesium oxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, molybdenum oxide, antimony oxide, nickel oxide, zinc carbonate, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, barium carbonate, zinc borate, aluminum borate and other inorganic fillers.

於將由本組成物形成的硬化層應用於大容量高速基板的絕緣層的情況下,可例示:液晶聚合物、氟樹脂、改質聚苯醚、作為玻璃中空體的玻璃球、煤灰中空體、白氣球、碳酸鈣、滑石、該些的混合物。When applying the hardened layer formed by this composition to the insulating layer of a high-capacity high-speed substrate, liquid crystal polymers, fluororesins, modified polyphenylene ethers, glass spheres as glass hollow bodies, and soot hollow bodies can be exemplified , white balloon, calcium carbonate, talc, mixtures of these.

就衝擊吸收性的觀點而言,較佳為使用氟填料、氮化硼、液晶聚合物及二氧化矽。填料(D)可單獨使用或併用多種。From the viewpoint of impact absorption, it is preferable to use fluorine filler, boron nitride, liquid crystal polymer, and silicon dioxide. The filler (D) may be used alone or in combination.

填料(D)的添加方法並無特別限制,可使用先前公知的方法。作為較佳例,可列舉:於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的聚合前或中途添加至聚合反應液中的方法、使用三輥機等於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中混練填料的方法、準備包含填料的分散液並將其混合至聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中的方法等。另外,為了使填料良好地分散,且使分散狀態穩定,亦可於不對熱硬化性樹脂組成物的物性造成影響的範圍內使用分散劑、增稠劑等。The method of adding the filler (D) is not particularly limited, and a previously known method can be used. Preferable examples include: a method of adding to the polymerization reaction solution before or during the polymerization of the polyimide resin (A), a method of kneading the filler in the polyimide resin (A) using a three-roll machine, A method of preparing a dispersion containing a filler and mixing it into the polyimide resin (A), etc. In addition, in order to disperse the filler well and stabilize the dispersed state, a dispersant, a thickener, and the like may be used within a range that does not affect the physical properties of the thermosetting resin composition.

1-5.其他任意成分 本組成物可於不脫離本發明的主旨的範圍內包含各種添加劑。例如,亦可使用不符合聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的聚醯亞胺樹脂。另外,可使用任意的熱塑性樹脂。另外,為了促進聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中的酚性羥基與交聯劑(B)的交聯,可含有觸媒作為任意成分。作為觸媒的較佳例,可例示咪唑系、胺系、磷系。進而可列舉:染料、顏料(例如,碳黑)、阻燃劑、抗氧化劑、聚合抑制劑、消泡劑、調平劑、離子捕獲劑、保濕劑、黏度調整劑、防腐劑、抗菌劑、抗靜電劑、抗黏連劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、電磁波屏蔽劑等。 1-5. Other optional ingredients This composition may contain various additives in the range which does not deviate from the summary of this invention. For example, a polyimide resin other than the polyimide resin (A) may also be used. In addition, arbitrary thermoplastic resins may be used. In addition, a catalyst may be contained as an optional component in order to promote the crosslinking of the phenolic hydroxyl group in the polyimide resin (A) and the crosslinking agent (B). Preferable examples of the catalyst include imidazole-based, amine-based, and phosphorus-based catalysts. Furthermore, dyes, pigments (for example, carbon black), flame retardants, antioxidants, polymerization inhibitors, defoamers, leveling agents, ion traps, humectants, viscosity regulators, preservatives, antibacterial agents, Antistatic agent, anti-blocking agent, ultraviolet absorber, infrared absorber, electromagnetic wave shielding agent, etc.

1-6.熱硬化性組成物的特性 就熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性的觀點而言,本組成物較佳為於180℃、60分鐘的條件下熱硬化後的玻璃轉移溫度處於0℃~70℃的範圍。更佳為10℃~60℃。藉由所述玻璃轉移溫度為0℃以上,即便相對於極端的環境溫度的循環變化,組成物中的交聯結構亦不會大幅倒塌,可抑制成為短路現象的原因的自電極產生的金屬離子的流動,從而絕緣可靠特性優異。另一方面,藉由所述玻璃轉移溫度為70℃以下,可對本組成物賦予一定的柔軟性,藉由對極端的環境溫度的循環變化中的被黏物的膨脹收縮緩和應力,可抑制剝離,從而抑制以自因剝離而產生的間隙流入的水分等為原因的短路。再者,所述硬化條件是用於估算本組成物的硬化處理時的Tg的硬化條件,並不對由本組成物形成的硬化物的硬化條件進行任何限定。 1-6. Characteristics of thermosetting composition From the viewpoint of insulation reliability after a thermal cycle test, the composition preferably has a glass transition temperature after thermal hardening at 180°C for 60 minutes in the range of 0°C to 70°C. More preferably, it is 10°C to 60°C. Since the glass transition temperature is 0° C. or higher, the crosslinked structure in the composition does not collapse significantly even against extreme ambient temperature cycles, and metal ions generated from electrodes that cause short circuits can be suppressed. The flow, thus excellent insulation reliability characteristics. On the other hand, since the glass transition temperature is 70° C. or lower, a certain degree of flexibility can be imparted to the present composition, and peeling can be suppressed by relieving stress against the expansion and contraction of the adherend during extreme environmental temperature cycles. , thereby suppressing a short circuit caused by moisture or the like flowing in from the gap generated by the peeling. In addition, the said hardening conditions are the hardening conditions for estimating the Tg at the time of hardening process of this composition, and are not limited to the hardening conditions of the hardened|cured material which consists of this composition at all.

2.熱硬化性組成物的製造方法 本組成物藉由調配各調配成分來獲得。不使用聚醯亞胺前驅物,而使用經醯亞胺化的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)作為調配成分。於調配時,可適宜使用溶媒。固體成分濃度例如可設為20質量%~60質量%。根據本實施方式的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A),由於具有二聚物結構,因此可容易地溶解於各種有機溶劑。 2. Manufacturing method of thermosetting composition This composition is obtained by blending each blended component. Instead of using a polyimide precursor, an imidized polyimide resin (A) was used as a compounding component. When preparing, a solvent can be used appropriately. The solid content concentration can be set to, for example, 20% by mass to 60% by mass. According to the polyimide resin (A) of this embodiment, since it has a dimer structure, it can dissolve easily in various organic solvents.

本組成物可製成例如粉末狀、膜狀、片狀、板狀、顆粒狀、糊狀或液狀。液狀或糊狀的熱硬化性組成物可藉由使用溶劑來調整黏度而容易地獲得。另外,膜狀、片狀、板狀的熱硬化性組成物例如可藉由塗敷液狀或糊狀的熱硬化性組成物並乾燥來形成。另外,粉末狀、顆粒狀的熱硬化性組成物例如可藉由將所述膜狀等的熱硬化性組成物粉碎或分斷成所需的尺寸而獲得。The present composition can be prepared, for example, in the form of powder, film, sheet, plate, granule, paste or liquid. A liquid or pasty thermosetting composition can be easily obtained by adjusting the viscosity using a solvent. In addition, a film-like, sheet-like, or plate-like thermosetting composition can be formed, for example, by applying a liquid or paste-like thermosetting composition and drying it. In addition, a powdery or granular thermosetting composition can be obtained, for example, by pulverizing or breaking the film-like thermosetting composition into desired sizes.

接著片藉由將包含溶劑的本組成物的塗佈液例如塗佈於剝離膜的單面,將有機溶劑等液狀介質於例如40℃~150℃下去除並進行乾燥來獲得。藉由在所獲得的接著片的表面積層另一剝離膜,可獲得兩面帶剝離膜的接著片。藉由利用剝離膜於兩面進行積層,可預防接著片的表面污染。藉由將剝離膜剝落,可將接著片分離。兩個剝離膜可使用同類或不同種中的任一種。藉由使用剝離性不同的剝離膜,可對剝離力賦予強弱,因此容易依序進行剝落。另外,亦可於基材上直接塗敷塗佈液來形成接著片。The adhesive sheet is obtained by, for example, applying a coating solution of the present composition containing a solvent to one side of a release film, removing a liquid medium such as an organic solvent, and drying at, for example, 40°C to 150°C. An adhesive sheet with release films on both sides can be obtained by laminating another release film on the surface of the obtained adhesive sheet. By laminating both sides with a release film, surface contamination of the adhesive sheet can be prevented. The adhesive sheet can be separated by peeling off the release film. The two release films may be of the same type or of different types. By using the peeling film which differs in releasability, since strength and weakness can be given to peeling force, it peels off sequentially easily. In addition, it is also possible to directly apply the coating liquid on the substrate to form an adhesive sheet.

基材可例示:聚醯亞胺膜、聚乙烯膜、聚碳酸酯、聚乙烯、液晶聚合物、酚醛樹脂、聚芳醯胺樹脂等樹脂材料:銅、鋁、不鏽鋼等金屬材料;氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、玻璃、矽、碳化矽等無機材料及該些任意地組合而成的複合材料。根據本組成物,藉由儲存彈性係數G’成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度的柔軟的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A),不僅對各種基材的密接性優異,而且成形加工性優異。 Examples of substrates include: polyimide film, polyethylene film, polycarbonate, polyethylene, liquid crystal polymer, phenolic resin, aramid resin, and other resin materials; metal materials such as copper, aluminum, and stainless steel; indium tin oxide (Indium Tin Oxide, ITO), glass, silicon, silicon carbide and other inorganic materials and composite materials made of these arbitrary combinations. According to this composition, by storing the flexible polyimide resin (A) whose modulus of elasticity G' becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa at any temperature between 0°C and 90°C, not only the adhesion to various substrates Excellent properties and formability.

作為塗佈方法,例如可選擇缺角輪塗佈、刮刀塗佈、模具塗佈、唇塗、輥塗、簾幕式塗佈、棒塗、凹版印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、浸漬塗佈、噴塗、旋塗等公知的方法。As the coating method, for example, chipping wheel coating, knife coating, die coating, lip coating, roll coating, curtain coating, bar coating, gravure printing, flexo printing, screen printing, dip coating can be selected. Known methods such as cloth, spray coating, spin coating, etc.

為了發揮充分的接著性,另外就操作容易度的方面而言,接著片於乾燥後的厚度較佳為5 μm~500 μm,進而佳為10 μm~100 μm。In order to exhibit sufficient adhesiveness and in terms of ease of handling, the thickness of the adhesive sheet after drying is preferably 5 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 100 μm.

3.硬化物的製造方法 藉由對本組成物進行熱硬化處理而獲得硬化物。例如,可例示將熱硬化性組成物成形為片等所需的形狀並進行熱硬化處理的方法。可藉由塗佈包含溶劑的熱硬化性組成物並進行乾燥,來簡單地獲得熱硬化性組成物的片等成形體。然後,藉由對成形體進行熱硬化來形成硬化物。成形體與硬化的時機可為同時。再者,亦將硬化物中片狀者稱為硬化層。 3. Manufacturing method of hardened product A cured product is obtained by subjecting this composition to thermal curing treatment. For example, a method of molding a thermosetting composition into a desired shape such as a sheet and performing thermosetting treatment can be exemplified. A molded body such as a sheet of a thermosetting composition can be easily obtained by applying a thermosetting composition containing a solvent and drying it. Then, a cured product is formed by thermally curing the molded body. The timing of forming and hardening may be at the same time. Furthermore, the flaky one among the cured products is also referred to as a hardened layer.

熱硬化溫度只要根據交聯劑(B)的種類適宜選定即可。例如,可例示於150℃~230℃的溫度下進行30分鐘~180分鐘的加熱處理的方法。於熱硬化時,視需要可施加壓力進行熱壓接(例如,5 MPa)。藉由熱硬化處理,於本組成物形成交聯結構,從而獲得三維交聯的硬化物。The thermosetting temperature may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (B). For example, a method of performing a heat treatment at a temperature of 150° C. to 230° C. for 30 minutes to 180 minutes can be illustrated. During thermal hardening, pressure may be applied for thermocompression bonding (for example, 5 MPa) if necessary. A cross-linked structure is formed in this composition by thermal hardening treatment, so as to obtain a three-dimensional cross-linked hardened product.

4.熱硬化性組成物及硬化物的用途等 本組成物與LCP基材的層壓性優異,因此較佳作為要求低介電特性的可撓性印刷配線板用途的接著片。於硬化後顯示出優異的接著性,因此較佳作為用以接合各種材料(樹脂層、金屬層、ITO等無機層、複合層等)的接著片、接合材料。例如,對於覆銅積層體的接著片、電子電路基板與電子零件等的零件彼此的接合材料而言較佳。於覆銅積層板(CCL:Copper Clad Laminate)中,存在如下步驟:於銅箔面進行電解銅鍍敷,於去除抗蝕劑層後利用鹼性等的鍍敷液進行蝕刻,但根據本硬化物,耐鍍敷液性優異,因此較佳作為覆銅積層板的接著片。進而,本硬化物的雷射加工性優異,因此對於形成通孔、圖案等開口部的用途而言較佳。另外,亦可用作TBA帶或COF帶的載帶的接著層。 4. Application of thermosetting composition and cured product, etc. This composition has excellent lamination properties with LCP substrates, so it is suitable as an adhesive sheet for flexible printed wiring boards requiring low dielectric properties. It shows excellent adhesiveness after hardening, so it is suitable as an adhesive sheet and bonding material for bonding various materials (resin layer, metal layer, inorganic layer such as ITO, composite layer, etc.). For example, it is suitable as a bonding material of components such as an adhesive sheet of a copper-clad laminate, an electronic circuit board, and an electronic component. In copper-clad laminates (CCL: Copper Clad Laminate), there are steps of electrolytic copper plating on the surface of the copper foil, etching with a plating solution such as alkali after removing the resist layer, but according to this hardening It is excellent in resistance to plating solution, so it is suitable as an adhesive sheet for copper-clad laminates. Furthermore, since this cured product is excellent in laser processability, it is suitable for the use which forms openings, such as a via-hole and a pattern. In addition, it can also be used as an adhesive layer of a carrier tape of a TBA tape or a COF tape.

另外,本組成物的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的電氣絕緣性優異,因此可提供絕緣性優異的硬化物。例如,可較佳地用作電路基板上的絕緣層形成材料(包含印刷配線板的覆蓋層、增層基板等的層間絕緣層、接合片等)等。另外,可較佳地應用於電子零件的絕緣性構件。電子零件例如為功率半導體裝置、發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)、逆變器裝置等功率模組,可較佳地用於基板、半導體晶片封裝的絕緣層、底部填充材料、接著材等。另外,可用於覆銅積層板用的熱硬化性組成物、配線板形成用接合片、可撓性基板的外塗層、預浸料等。In addition, since the polyimide resin (A) of this composition is excellent in electrical insulation, a cured product excellent in insulation can be provided. For example, it can be preferably used as an insulating layer forming material on a circuit board (including a cover layer of a printed wiring board, an interlayer insulating layer of a build-up board, etc., a bonding sheet, etc.), and the like. Moreover, it can be suitably applied to the insulating member of an electronic component. Electronic components, such as power semiconductor devices, light emitting diodes (Light Emitting Diode, LED), inverter devices and other power modules, can be preferably used for substrates, insulating layers of semiconductor chip packages, underfill materials, and adhesive materials. wait. In addition, it can be used for thermosetting compositions for copper-clad laminates, bonding sheets for forming wiring boards, overcoat layers for flexible substrates, prepregs, and the like.

藉由調配導電性填料作為填料(D),可製成導電性接著片來加以利用。進而,藉由使用熱傳導性填料作為填料(D),可應用於要求散熱性的所有用途。例如,可利用樹脂組成物的成形性,較佳地用作所需的形狀的散熱零件。特別是為了輕薄短小化,有效用作無法設置風扇或散熱器的電子機器(智慧型手機、平板終端機等)、電池用外包裝材的散熱性接著材或散熱性片。另外,本組成物的硬化物較佳作為發熱體與散熱器的接著層或散熱片(heat spreader)。另外,可作為包覆搭載於基板上的一種或多種電子零件的散熱層來應用。By preparing a conductive filler as the filler (D), it can be used as a conductive adhesive sheet. Furthermore, by using a thermally conductive filler as the filler (D), it can be applied to all applications requiring heat dissipation. For example, the formability of the resin composition can be used preferably as a heat dissipation part of a desired shape. In particular, it can be effectively used as a heat-dissipating adhesive material or heat-dissipating sheet for electronic devices (smart phones, tablet terminals, etc.) and battery packaging materials that cannot be equipped with fans or heat sinks in order to make them thinner and smaller. In addition, the cured product of this composition is preferably used as an adhesive layer between a heating element and a heat sink or as a heat spreader. In addition, it can be used as a heat dissipation layer covering one or more types of electronic components mounted on a substrate.

5.印刷配線板 包含本組成物的接著片由於具有所述特性,因此可較佳地用於印刷配線板的製造。接著片作為藉由熱硬化而顯示出接著性的硬化層來發揮功能。另外,由本組成物形成的熱硬化性片的硬化物即硬化層的絕緣性優異,因此於印刷配線板中可較佳地用作保護膜或層間絕緣層。包含本組成物的熱硬化性片由於使用柔軟性高的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A),因此能夠於低溫、短時間內進行層壓。因此,對於與低介電特性優異的液晶聚合物(LCP)基材的接合而言較佳。 5. Printed wiring board Since the adhesive sheet containing this composition has the said characteristic, it can be used suitably for manufacture of a printed wiring board. The adhesive sheet functions as a cured layer that exhibits adhesiveness by thermosetting. Moreover, since the cured layer which is the cured product of the thermosetting sheet formed from this composition is excellent in insulation, it can be suitably used as a protective film or an interlayer insulating layer in a printed wiring board. Since the thermosetting sheet containing this composition uses the highly flexible polyimide resin (A), it can be laminated at low temperature and in a short time. Therefore, it is preferable for bonding to a liquid crystal polymer (LCP) substrate having excellent low dielectric properties.

印刷配線板例如可經過如下步驟等來製造:藉由蝕刻等對覆銅積層板中的銅箔進行加工,經由接著片將形成訊號電路等而獲得的基板與覆蓋膜貼合,並藉由熱硬化進行接合。另外,例如可經過如下步驟等來製造可撓性印刷配線板:於絕緣性的可撓性膜上形成導體圖案,於其上經由本接著片形成保護膜,並進行熱壓接。作為所述可撓性膜,可例示聚酯、聚醯亞胺、液晶聚合物、聚四氟乙烯(Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)膜。導體圖案可例示利用印刷技術而形成的方法、藉由濺鍍或鍍敷的方法。The printed wiring board can be manufactured, for example, by processing the copper foil in the copper-clad laminate board by etching, bonding the substrate obtained by forming the signal circuit, etc. Hardened for bonding. Moreover, the flexible printed wiring board can be manufactured through the process of forming a conductor pattern on an insulating flexible film, forming a protective film thereon via this adhesive sheet, and performing thermocompression bonding, for example. Examples of the flexible film include polyester, polyimide, liquid crystal polymer, and polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) films. The conductive pattern can be exemplified by a method formed by a printing technique, a method by sputtering, or plating.

亦可相對於在印刷配線板的單面或兩面形成的本組成物的硬化層,藉由鑽孔加工或雷射加工等設置開口部,填充導電劑而形成通孔。另外,亦可於作為本組成物的硬化物的層間絕緣層上形成電路層。本組成物的硬化物的耐鍍敷性優異,因此對於製造多層印刷配線板而言較佳。進而,藉由具有經由酚性羥基的柔軟性高的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)與交聯劑(B)的交聯結構,可將殘留應力抑制得低,使熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性優異。使用本組成物所形成的印刷配線板於廣泛的溫度範圍下的絕緣可靠性優異,因此對於智慧型手機或平板終端機等各種電子機器而言較佳。 [實施例] It is also possible to form an opening by drilling or laser processing to the hardened layer of this composition formed on one or both sides of the printed wiring board, and fill it with a conductive agent to form a via hole. In addition, a circuit layer can also be formed on the interlayer insulating layer which is a cured product of the present composition. Since the hardened|cured material of this composition is excellent in plating resistance, it is preferable for manufacture of a multilayer printed wiring board. Furthermore, by having a cross-linked structure of the highly flexible polyimide resin (A) via the phenolic hydroxyl group and the cross-linking agent (B), the residual stress can be suppressed to be low, and the insulation after the thermal cycle test is reliable excellent. Since the printed wiring board formed using this composition is excellent in insulation reliability in a wide temperature range, it is suitable for various electronic devices, such as a smartphone and a tablet terminal. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明。本發明只要不超出其主旨,則不限定於以下的實施例。只要無特別說明,則「%」及「份」設為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically by means of examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples unless the gist is exceeded. Unless otherwise specified, "%" and "parts" are used as mass standards.

(i)重量平均分子量(Mw)的測定 Mw的測定是使用昭和電工公司製造的凝膠滲透層析儀(Gel Permeation Chromatograph,GPC)「GPC-101」。溶媒設為四氫呋喃(THF),作為管柱,使用將兩根「KF-805L」(昭和電工公司製造:GPC管柱:8 mmID×300 mm尺寸)串列連接而成者。於試樣濃度1質量%、流量1.0 mL/min、壓力3.8 MPa、管柱溫度40℃的條件下進行,Mw的決定是藉由聚苯乙烯換算而進行。資料解析是使用廠商內置軟體而算出校準曲線及分子量、峰值面積,將保持時間為17.9分鐘~30.0分鐘的範圍作為分析對象來求出Mw。 (i) Determination of weight average molecular weight (Mw) For the measurement of Mw, a gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatograph, GPC) "GPC-101" manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. was used. The solvent was tetrahydrofuran (THF), and as a column, two "KF-805L" (manufactured by Showa Denko: GPC column: 8 mmID x 300 mm size) connected in series were used. It was carried out under the conditions of sample concentration of 1% by mass, flow rate of 1.0 mL/min, pressure of 3.8 MPa, and column temperature of 40°C. The determination of Mw was carried out in terms of polystyrene. For data analysis, a calibration curve, molecular weight, and peak area were calculated using the manufacturer's built-in software, and Mw was obtained by setting the retention time range of 17.9 minutes to 30.0 minutes as the analysis object.

(ii)酸價的測定 酸價是依照日本工業標準(Japanese Industrial Standards,JIS)K0070而測定。具體而言,於共栓三角燒瓶中精密量取試樣(聚醯亞胺樹脂(A))約1 g,加入環己酮溶媒100 mL而進行溶解。向其中加入酚酞試液作為指示劑,利用0.1 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液進行滴定,將指示劑保持淡紅色30秒鐘的時刻設為終點。酸價是藉由下式來求出。 酸價(mgKOH/g)=(5.611×a×F)/S 其中, S:試樣的採取量(g) a:0.1 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液的消耗量(mL) F:0.1 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液的滴定度 (ii) Determination of acid value The acid value is measured in accordance with Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) K0070. Specifically, about 1 g of a sample (polyimide resin (A)) was precisely weighed in a co-embedded Erlenmeyer flask, and dissolved by adding 100 mL of a cyclohexanone solvent. A phenolphthalein test solution was added thereto as an indicator, and titrated with a 0.1 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution, and the point at which the indicator remained light red for 30 seconds was set as the end point. The acid value was calculated|required by the following formula. Acid value (mgKOH/g)=(5.611×a×F)/S in, S: Amount of sample taken (g) a: Consumption of 0.1 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution (mL) F: titer of 0.1 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution

(iii)酚性羥基價的測定 酚性羥基價是依照JIS K0070而測定。酚性羥基價由使聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)1 g中包含的酚性羥基乙醯化時,對與酚性羥基鍵結的乙酸進行中和而所需的氫氧化鉀的量(mg)表示。於算出聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的酚性羥基價的情況下,如下述式所示般,考慮酸價進行計算。具體而言,於共栓三角燒瓶中精密量取試樣(聚醯亞胺樹脂(A))約1 g,加入環己酮溶媒100 mL而進行溶解。進而,準確加入5 mL的乙醯化劑(利用吡啶對乙酸酐25 g進行溶解,設為容量100 mL的溶液),並攪拌約1小時。向其中加入酚酞試液作為指示劑,並持續30秒鐘。之後,利用0.5 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液進行滴定,直至溶液呈淡紅色為止。酚性羥基價是藉由下式來求出。 酚性羥基價(mgKOH/g)=[{(b-a)×F×28.05}/S]+D 其中, S:試樣的採取量(g) a:0.5 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液的消耗量(mL) b:空白實驗的0.5 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液的消耗量(mL) F:0.5 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液的滴定度 D:酸價(mgKOH/g) 側鏈酚性羥基價是由相對於所獲得的酚性羥基價而言,聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的合成中使用的單量體的裝入率來算出。另外,末端酚性羥基價設為自利用實驗而獲得的酚性羥基價減去側鏈酚性羥基價後的值。再者,b的值是藉由利用0.5 N醇性氫氧化鉀溶液對乙醯化劑(利用吡啶對乙酸酐25 g進行溶解,設為容量100 mL的溶液)5 mL進行滴定來求出。 (iii) Determination of phenolic hydroxyl value The phenolic hydroxyl value is measured in accordance with JIS K0070. The amount of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acetic acid bonded to the phenolic hydroxyl group when the phenolic hydroxyl group is acetylated from the phenolic hydroxyl group contained in 1 g of polyimide resin (A) (mg )express. When calculating the phenolic hydroxyl value of a polyimide resin (A), it calculates considering an acid value as shown in the following formula. Specifically, about 1 g of a sample (polyimide resin (A)) was precisely weighed in a co-embedded Erlenmeyer flask, and dissolved by adding 100 mL of a cyclohexanone solvent. Furthermore, 5 mL of an acetylating agent (25 g of acetic anhydride was dissolved in pyridine to make a solution with a capacity of 100 mL) was accurately added, and stirred for about 1 hour. Phenolphthalein test solution was added thereto as an indicator and continued for 30 seconds. Afterwards, titrate with 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution until the solution turns light red. The phenolic hydroxyl value is calculated|required by the following formula. Phenolic hydroxyl value (mgKOH/g)=[{(b-a)×F×28.05}/S]+D in, S: Amount of sample taken (g) a: Consumption of 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution (mL) b: Consumption of 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution in blank experiment (mL) F: titer of 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution D: acid value (mgKOH/g) The side chain phenolic hydroxyl value was calculated from the loading rate of the monomer used in the synthesis of the polyimide resin (A) relative to the obtained phenolic hydroxyl value. In addition, the terminal phenolic hydroxyl value is set to a value obtained by subtracting the side chain phenolic hydroxyl value from the phenolic hydroxyl value obtained by experiment. In addition, the value of b was determined by titrating 5 mL of an acetylating agent (25 g of acetic anhydride was dissolved in pyridine to make a solution with a capacity of 100 mL) with a 0.5 N alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution.

(iv)胺價的測定 於共栓三角燒瓶中精密量取試樣(聚醯亞胺樹脂(A))約1 g,加入環己酮溶媒100 mL而進行溶解。向其中另外加入2滴、3滴的、將0.20 g的甲基橙(Methyl Orange)溶解於蒸餾水50 mL中而得的液體與將0.28 g的二甲苯藍(Xylene Cyanol)FF溶解於甲醇50 mL中而得的液體混合而製備的指示劑,並保持30秒鐘。之後,利用0.1 N醇性鹽酸溶液進行滴定直至溶液呈藍灰色為止。胺價是藉由下式來求出。 胺價(mgKOH/g)=(5.611×a×F)/S 其中, S:試樣的採取量(g) a:0.1 N醇性鹽酸溶液的消耗量(mL) F:0.1 N醇性鹽酸溶液的滴定度 (iv) Determination of amine value About 1 g of the sample (polyimide resin (A)) was accurately measured in a co-embedded Erlenmeyer flask, and dissolved by adding 100 mL of cyclohexanone solvent. Add 2 or 3 drops of a liquid obtained by dissolving 0.20 g of Methyl Orange in 50 mL of distilled water and 0.28 g of Xylene Cyanol FF in 50 mL of methanol. Prepare the indicator by mixing the resulting liquid and hold for 30 seconds. Afterwards, titrate with 0.1 N alcoholic hydrochloric acid solution until the solution turns blue-gray. The amine value was calculated|required by the following formula. Amine value (mgKOH/g)=(5.611×a×F)/S in, S: Amount of sample taken (g) a: Consumption of 0.1 N alcoholic hydrochloric acid solution (mL) F: titer of 0.1 N alcoholic hydrochloric acid solution

(v)酸酐基價的測定 於共栓三角燒瓶中精密量取試樣(聚醯亞胺樹脂(A))約1 g,加入1,4-二噁烷溶媒100 mL而進行溶解。加入較試樣中的酸酐基的量更多的辛基胺、1,4-二噁烷、水的混合溶液(質量的混合比為1.49/800/80)10 mL並攪拌15分鐘,使其與酸酐基反應。之後,利用0.02 M過氯酸、1,4-二噁烷的混合溶液對過量的辛基胺進行滴定。另外,未加入試樣的辛基胺、1,4-二噁烷、水的混合溶液(質量的混合比為1.49/800/80)10 mL亦作為對照而實施測定。酸酐價是藉由下式來求出(單位:mgKOH/g)。 酸酐價(mgKOH/g)=0.02×(B-A)×F×56.11/S B:對照的滴定量(mL) A:試樣的滴定量(mL) S:試樣的採取量(g) F:0.02 mol/L過氯酸的滴定度 (v) Determination of acid anhydride base value About 1 g of the sample (polyimide resin (A)) was accurately measured in a co-embedded Erlenmeyer flask, and dissolved by adding 100 mL of 1,4-dioxane solvent. Add 10 mL of a mixed solution of octylamine, 1,4-dioxane, and water (the mass mixing ratio is 1.49/800/80) that is more than the amount of acid anhydride groups in the sample, and stir for 15 minutes to make it Reacts with anhydride groups. Thereafter, excess octylamine was titrated with a mixed solution of 0.02 M perchloric acid and 1,4-dioxane. In addition, 10 mL of a mixed solution of octylamine, 1,4-dioxane, and water (mixing ratio by mass: 1.49/800/80) to which no sample was added was also measured as a control. The acid anhydride value was obtained by the following formula (unit: mgKOH/g). Anhydride value (mgKOH/g)=0.02×(B-A)×F×56.11/S B: titer of control (mL) A: Titration of sample (mL) S: Amount of sample taken (g) F: The titer of 0.02 mol/L perchloric acid

(vi)聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'及Tg的測定 將各合成例的聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)溶解於環己酮中,以使不揮發成分成為35%,製作聚醯亞胺樹脂清漆。使用具有10 mil間隙的刮刀,將所述清漆塗敷於耐熱性的脫模膜上,於130℃下乾燥10 min,藉此獲得厚度25 μm的樹脂片。將所獲得的樹脂片自重剝離膜剝離,利用動態黏彈性測定裝置「DVA200」(IT測量控制公司製造)來測定樹脂片的儲存彈性係數及Tg。 關於儲存彈性係數,將樹脂片冷卻至0℃為止後,以升溫速度10℃/分鐘升溫至300℃為止,以振動頻率10 Hz、夾頭間長度:10 mm測定黏彈性,並對儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度進行測定。另外,將tanδ圖的峰值溫度設為Tg。 升溫速度:10℃/min 測定頻率:10 Hz 夾頭間長度:10 mm 寬度:5 mm (vi) Measurement of storage modulus G' and Tg of polyimide resin (A) The polyimide resin (A) of each synthesis example was dissolved in cyclohexanone so that the non-volatile content became 35%, Make polyimide resin varnish. Using a doctor blade with a gap of 10 mil, the varnish was applied on a heat-resistant release film, and dried at 130° C. for 10 minutes, thereby obtaining a resin sheet with a thickness of 25 μm. The obtained resin sheet was peeled off from the self-weight release film, and the storage elastic coefficient and Tg of the resin sheet were measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device "DVA200" (manufactured by IT Measurement & Control Co., Ltd.). Regarding the storage elastic coefficient, after cooling the resin sheet to 0°C, the temperature was raised to 300°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min, the viscoelasticity was measured at a vibration frequency of 10 Hz, and the length between chucks: 10 mm, and the storage elastic coefficient G' was measured at a temperature of 1.0×10 7 Pa. In addition, let the peak temperature of the tan δ diagram be Tg. Heating rate: 10°C/min Measurement frequency: 10 Hz Length between clamps: 10 mm Width: 5 mm

(vii)將熱硬化性組成物於180℃下進行60分鐘熱處理時的Tg的測定 對於後述的各實施例、比較例的塗佈液(熱硬化性組成物),藉由與所述(vi)相同的方法來獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂片。繼而,將聚醯亞胺樹脂片於180℃下進行60分鐘加熱處理,從而獲得硬化片。對於所獲得的硬化片,使用與(vi)相同的動態黏彈性測定裝置,將升溫速度、測定頻率、夾頭間長度、寬度設為相同的條件,於-50℃~200℃的溫度範圍進行損耗角正切(tanδ)的測定,並利用與所述相同的方法來測定Tg。 (vii) Measurement of Tg when the thermosetting composition is heat-treated at 180°C for 60 minutes A polyimide resin sheet was obtained by the same method as the above (vi) for the coating liquid (thermosetting composition) of each Example and the comparative example mentioned later. Next, the polyimide resin sheet was heat-treated at 180° C. for 60 minutes to obtain a hardened sheet. For the obtained hardened sheet, use the same dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device as in (vi), and set the heating rate, measurement frequency, length between chucks, and width under the same conditions, and perform the test at a temperature range of -50°C to 200°C. The loss tangent (tan δ) was measured, and Tg was measured using the same method as described.

<聚醯亞胺樹脂的合成> [合成例1] 聚醯亞胺樹脂(P1) 於包括油浴的帶攪拌棒的1 L可分離式燒瓶中,一邊導入氮氣,一邊加入環己酮200 g,並一邊攪拌一邊加入作為二胺的二聚物二胺(普利阿民(PRIAMINE)1075)149.8 g、作為單胺化合物的間胺基苯酚4.7 g,繼而加入作為四羧酸二酐的1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐67.3 g,於室溫下攪拌30分鐘。將其升溫至100℃,並攪拌3小時後,卸除油浴並恢復至室溫,從而獲得清漆狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物。之後,一邊使用迪恩-斯達克(Dean-Stark)分離器將餾出的水向體系外去除,一邊於170℃下進行10小時加熱,並進行醯亞胺化來獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂(P1)。將所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂的Mw、Tg及官能基價分別示於表1。 <Synthesis of polyimide resin> [Synthesis Example 1] Polyimide resin (P1) In a 1 L separable flask with a stirring bar including an oil bath, 200 g of cyclohexanone was added while introducing nitrogen gas, and dimer diamine (PRIAMINE (PRIAMINE) as a diamine was added while stirring. ) 1075) 149.8 g, 4.7 g of m-aminophenol as a monoamine compound, and then 67.3 g of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride as tetracarboxylic dianhydride, at room temperature Stir for 30 minutes. After raising the temperature to 100° C. and stirring for 3 hours, the oil bath was removed and returned to room temperature to obtain a varnish-like polyimide precursor. Thereafter, while removing distilled water from the system using a Dean-Stark separator, heating was performed at 170°C for 10 hours to imidize the polyimide resin. (P1). Table 1 shows the Mw, Tg, and functional group valence of the obtained polyimide resin, respectively.

[合成例2~合成例25、比較合成例1~比較合成例5]聚醯亞胺樹脂(P2)~聚醯亞胺樹脂(P30) 使用表1~表3中記載的單量體,除此以外利用與合成例1相同的方法來獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂P2~聚醯亞胺樹脂P30。 以下示出表1等的簡稱的內容。 TA1:1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐,酸酐基當量112.1 g/eq. TA2:1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐,酸酐基當量99.1 g/eq. TA3:4,4'-(4,4'-亞異丙基二苯氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐,酸酐基當量260.2 g/eq. TA4:4-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸酐,酸酐基當量150.1 g/eq. DA1:普利阿民(Priamine)1075(二聚物二胺) DA2:4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙(2-胺基苯酚) DA3:1,12-十二烷二胺 DA4:D-2000(亨斯邁(Huntsman)公司製造的聚醚二胺,分子量2000) MA1:間胺基苯酚 MA2:鄰胺基苯酚 MA3:對胺基苯酚 MA4:4-羥基苯乙基胺(酪胺) [Synthesis Example 2 to Synthesis Example 25, Comparative Synthesis Example 1 to Comparative Synthesis Example 5] Polyimide Resin (P2) to Polyimide Resin (P30) Except having used the monomer described in Table 1 - Table 3, polyimide resin P2 - polyimide resin P30 were obtained by the method similar to synthesis example 1. The contents of abbreviations such as Table 1 are shown below. TA1: 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, anhydride group equivalent weight 112.1 g/eq. TA2: 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, anhydride group equivalent weight 99.1 g/eq. TA3: 4,4'-(4,4'-isopropylidene diphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride, anhydride group equivalent weight 260.2 g/eq. TA4: 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, anhydride group equivalent weight 150.1 g/eq. DA1: Priamine 1075 (dipolymer diamine) DA2: 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)bis(2-aminophenol) DA3: 1,12-Dodecanediamine DA4: D-2000 (polyether diamine manufactured by Huntsman, molecular weight 2000) MA1: m-aminophenol MA2: o-aminophenol MA3: p-Aminophenol MA4: 4-Hydroxyphenethylamine (tyramide)

於表1、表2中示出各合成例的聚醯亞胺樹脂的調配量(質量份)、所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂的酸酐基價、酚性羥基(以下,亦稱為PhOH)價(側鏈PhOH價,末端PhOH價)、胺價、Mw、PhOH價/全部官能基價等。另外,示出相對於X 1殘基100莫耳%而言的X 1a殘基的莫耳%、相對於用以獲得X 2殘基的單量體(裝入量)100質量%而言的用以獲得X 2d的單量體(裝入量)的質量%。再者,本說明書中所謂全部官能基價,是指胺基價+酸酐基價+酚性羥基價的合計官能基價。 Table 1 and Table 2 show the compounding amount (parts by mass) of the polyimide resin in each synthesis example, the acid anhydride valency and phenolic hydroxyl group (hereinafter also referred to as PhOH) of the obtained polyimide resin. Valence (side chain PhOH value, terminal PhOH value), amine value, Mw, PhOH value/all functional groups, etc. In addition, the mole % of the X1 a residue relative to 100 mole % of the X1 residue is shown relative to 100 mass % of the monomer (charged amount) for obtaining the X2 residue The mass % of the monomer (charged amount) used to obtain X 2 d. In addition, all functional group valences in this specification mean the total functional group valence of amine group value+acid anhydride group value+phenolic hydroxyl group value.

[表1] 表1 合成例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 四羧酸類 [質量份] TA1 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 0.0 0.0 53.8 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 59.4 59.4 0.0 TA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 31.2 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 有機化合物 [質量份] DA1 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 145.0 149.8 145.0 148.2 DA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 DA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 單胺化合物 [質量份] MA1 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.7 11.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 5.1 MA2 0.0 0.0 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 官能基價 末端酸酐價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.4 6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 末端PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 8.0 4.5 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.5 側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.7 0.0 末端+側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 8.0 4.5 16.0 11.6 16.2 11.5 胺價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH價/所有官能基價[%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 70.0 40.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 所有官能基價[mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.2 16.0 11.6 16.2 11.5 重量平均分子量[Mw] 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 (X 1a)/X 1[mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 80.0 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [質量%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.8 100.0 97.8 100.0 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [莫耳%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 100.0 96.8 100.0 PhOH基/所有官能基 [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 70.0 40.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 [Table 1] Table 1 Synthesis example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 Tetracarboxylic acids [parts by mass] TA1 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 0.0 0.0 53.8 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 59.4 59.4 0.0 TA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 31.2 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Organic compound [parts by mass] DA1 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 149.8 145.0 149.8 145.0 148.2 DA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 DA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Monoamine compound [parts by mass] MA1 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.7 11.8 4.7 4.6 4.6 5.1 MA2 0.0 0.0 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Functional base price Terminal anhydride value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.4 6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Terminal PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 8.0 4.5 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.5 Side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 4.7 0.0 Terminal + side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 8.0 4.5 16.0 11.6 16.2 11.5 Amine value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH value / all functional base values [%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 70.0 40.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 All functional groups [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.2 16.0 11.6 16.2 11.5 Weight average molecular weight [Mw] 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 (X 1 a)/X 1 [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 80.0 Obtained monomer of x 2 d residues/acquired monomer of X 2 residues [mass %] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.8 100.0 97.8 100.0 Monomer of x 2 d residues obtained/monomer of X 2 residues obtained [mol %] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 100.0 96.8 100.0 PhOH groups/all functional groups [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 70.0 40.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

[表2] 表2 合成例 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 四羧酸類 [質量份] TA1 53.8 33.6 33.6 0.0 0.0 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA3 31.2 78.1 78.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 90.1 90.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 有機化合物 [質量份] DA1 143.4 146.6 143.4 148.2 143.4 135.3 128.9 148.2 151.4 135.3 DA2 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 3.3 3.3 9.9 DA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.4 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 單胺化合物 [質量份] MA1 5.1 5.7 5.6 5.2 5.2 4.6 4.5 3.2 1.9 0.0 MA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 官能基價 末端酸酐價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.8 末端PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.4 11.5 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 7.7 4.7 0.0 側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 4.1 0.0 4.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 4.7 4.5 4.6 15.5 末端+側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 15.6 11.4 15.5 11.4 14.9 11.6 16.3 12.3 9.3 15.5 胺價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH價/所有官能基價[%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 56.8 所有官能基價 [mgKOH/g] 15.6 11.4 15.5 11.4 14.9 11.6 16.3 12.3 9.3 27.3 重量平均分子量[Mw] 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 30000 50000 20000 (X 1a)/X 1[mol%] 80.0 50.0 50.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [質量%] 97.8 100.0 97.8 100.0 97.8 96.2 93.7 97.8 97.9 93.2 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [莫耳%] 96.7 100.0 96.7 100.0 96.7 90.3 87.0 96.8 96.9 90.3 PhOH基/所有官能基[mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 56.8 [Table 2] Table 2 Synthesis example 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 Tetracarboxylic acids [parts by mass] TA1 53.8 33.6 33.6 0.0 0.0 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA3 31.2 78.1 78.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 90.1 90.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Organic compound [parts by mass] DA1 143.4 146.6 143.4 148.2 143.4 135.3 128.9 148.2 151.4 135.3 DA2 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 0.0 3.3 3.3 3.3 9.9 DA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.4 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Monoamine compound [parts by mass] MA1 5.1 5.7 5.6 5.2 5.2 4.6 4.5 3.2 1.9 0.0 MA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Functional base price Terminal anhydride value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.8 Terminal PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 11.5 11.4 11.5 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 7.7 4.7 0.0 Side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 4.1 0.0 4.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 4.7 4.5 4.6 15.5 Terminal + side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 15.6 11.4 15.5 11.4 14.9 11.6 16.3 12.3 9.3 15.5 Amine value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH value / all functional base values [%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 56.8 All functional groups [mgKOH/g] 15.6 11.4 15.5 11.4 14.9 11.6 16.3 12.3 9.3 27.3 Weight average molecular weight [Mw] 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 30000 50000 20000 (X 1 a)/X 1 [mol%] 80.0 50.0 50.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Obtained monomer of x 2 d residues/acquired monomer of X 2 residues [mass %] 97.8 100.0 97.8 100.0 97.8 96.2 93.7 97.8 97.9 93.2 Monomer of x 2 d residues obtained/monomer of X 2 residues obtained [mol %] 96.7 100.0 96.7 100.0 96.7 90.3 87.0 96.8 96.9 90.3 PhOH groups/all functional groups [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 56.8

[表3] 表3 合成例 比較合成例 21 22 23 24 25 1 2 3 4 5 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P28 P29 P30 四羧酸類 [質量份] TA1 67.3 67.3 0.0 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 79.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 有機化合物 [質量份] DA1 138.5 106.3 149.8 142.0 134.5 141.8 174.0 0.0 75.7 82.2 DA2 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA3 0.0 16.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 57.7 28.3 13.9 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 55.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 111.3 單胺化合物 [質量份] MA1 7.6 3.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 0.0 0.0 2.7 3.7 4.7 MA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 官能基價 末端酸酐價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 末端PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 19.0 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 0.0 0.0 12.0 11.7 10.9 側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 末端+側鏈PhOH價 [mgKOH/g] 23.3 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 0.0 0.0 12.0 11.7 10.9 胺價 [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH價/所有官能基價[%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 所有官能基價 [mgKOH/g] 23.3 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 19.5 11.8 12.0 11.7 10.9 重量平均分子量[Mw] 12000 22000 21000 22000 21000 12000 20000 20000 20000 25000 (X 1a)/X 1[mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [質量%] 97.7 86.3 100.0 83.6 70.7 100.0 100.0 0.0 72.8 39.6 獲得x 2d殘基的單量體/獲得X 2殘基的單量體 [莫耳%] 96.6 70.2 100.0 95.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 50.0 55.0 PhOH基/所有官能基[mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 [table 3] table 3 Synthesis example Comparative Synthesis Example twenty one twenty two twenty three twenty four 25 1 2 3 4 5 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P26 P27 P28 P29 P30 Tetracarboxylic acids [parts by mass] TA1 67.3 67.3 0.0 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 67.3 TA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TA5 0.0 0.0 79.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Organic compound [parts by mass] DA1 138.5 106.3 149.8 142.0 134.5 141.8 174.0 0.0 75.7 82.2 DA2 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 DA3 0.0 16.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 57.7 28.3 13.9 DA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 27.8 55.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 111.3 Monoamine compound [parts by mass] MA1 7.6 3.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 0.0 0.0 2.7 3.7 4.7 MA2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MA4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Functional base price Terminal anhydride value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Terminal PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 19.0 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 0.0 0.0 12.0 11.7 10.9 Side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Terminal + side chain PhOH value [mgKOH/g] 23.3 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 0.0 0.0 12.0 11.7 10.9 Amine value [mgKOH/g] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 PhOH value / all functional base values [%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 All functional groups [mgKOH/g] 23.3 10.5 10.9 10.5 10.9 19.5 11.8 12.0 11.7 10.9 Weight average molecular weight [Mw] 12000 22000 21000 22000 21000 12000 20000 20000 20000 25000 (X 1 a)/X 1 [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Obtained monomer of x 2 d residues/acquired monomer of X 2 residues [mass %] 97.7 86.3 100.0 83.6 70.7 100.0 100.0 0.0 72.8 39.6 Monomer of x 2 d residues obtained/monomer of X 2 residues obtained [mol %] 96.6 70.2 100.0 95.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 50.0 55.0 PhOH groups/all functional groups [mol%] 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 0.0 0.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

下述示出實施例及比較例中使用的材料的詳細情況。 (交聯劑(B)) (B)-1:含環氧基的化合物(b1),丹納考爾(Denacol)EX-614B(長瀨化成(Nagase Chemtex)公司製造,山梨糖醇聚縮水甘油醚,四官能,官能基當量173 g/eq.) (B)-2:含環氧基的化合物(b1-2),jER828(三菱化學公司製造,雙酚A型環氧,二官能,官能基當量188 g/eq.) (B)-3:氰酸酯酯化合物(b2),BAD(三菱瓦斯化學公司製造,雙酚A型氰酸酯,二官能,官能基當量139 ) (B)-4:含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3),多耐德(Duranate)TKA-100(旭化成公司製造,異氰脲酸酯型異氰酸酯化合物,三官能,官能基當量:180 g/eq.) (B)-5:金屬螯合化合物(b4),奧爾加奇克斯(Orgatix)ZC-150(松本精細化工(Matsumoto Fine Chemical)公司製造,有機氧化鋯化合物,四官能,官能基當量122 g/eq.) (B)-6:含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5),卡博萊特(Carbodilite)V-05(日清紡化學公司製造,含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物,三官能以上,官能基當量:262 g/eq.) (B)-7:含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6),BMI-3000(大和化成工業公司製造,雙酚A二苯基醚雙馬來醯亞胺,二官能,官能基當量285.3 g/eq.) (B)-8:(b7),N-12(十二烷二酸二醯肼) Details of materials used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below. (Crosslinking agent (B)) (B)-1: Epoxy group-containing compound (b1), Denacol EX-614B (manufactured by Nagase Chemtex Co., Ltd., sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, tetrafunctional, functional group Equivalent 173 g/eq.) (B)-2: epoxy group-containing compound (b1-2), jER828 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, bisphenol A epoxy, difunctional, functional group equivalent weight 188 g/eq.) (B)-3: Cyanate ester compound (b2), BAD (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., bisphenol A type cyanate, difunctional, functional group equivalent weight 139) (B)-4: Isocyanate group-containing compound (b3), Duranate TKA-100 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd., isocyanurate type isocyanate compound, trifunctional, functional group equivalent: 180 g/eq. ) (B)-5: Metal chelate compound (b4), Orgatix ZC-150 (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., organic zirconia compound, tetrafunctional, functional group equivalent weight 122 g/eq.) (B)-6: Carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5), Carbodilite V-05 (manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd., carbodiimide group-containing compound, trifunctional or higher, functional group Equivalent: 262 g/eq.) (B)-7: Maleimide group-containing compound (b6), BMI-3000 (manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., bisphenol A diphenyl ether bismaleimide, difunctional, functional group equivalent weight 285.3 g/eq.) (B)-8: (b7), N-12 (dihydrazine dodecanedioate)

(紫外線吸收劑(C)) (C)-1:帝奴彬(Tinuvin)326(日本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)公司製造,含苯並三唑的化合物) (填料(D)) (D)-1:SC2050-MB(阿德瑪科技(Admatechs)公司製造,二氧化矽,平均粒子徑D 50;0.5 μm) (D)-2:SP-2(電氣化學(Denka)公司製造,氮化硼,平均粒子徑D 50;4.0 μm) (D)-3:艾克索利特(Exolit)OP935(科萊恩(Clariant)公司製造,次膦酸鋁鹽,平均粒子徑D 50;2.5 μm) (D)-4:KT-300(喜多村公司製造,氟系填料,平均粒子徑D 50;10.0 μm) (D)-5:E101-S(住友化學公司製造,液晶聚合物,平均粒子徑D 50;17.5 μm) (Ultraviolet absorber (C)) (C)-1: Tinuvin 326 (manufactured by BASF Japan, benzotriazole-containing compound) (Filler (D)) (D)-1 : SC2050-MB (manufactured by Admatechs, silicon dioxide, average particle size D 50 ; 0.5 μm) (D)-2: SP-2 (manufactured by Denka, boron nitride, Average particle diameter D 50 ; 4.0 μm) (D)-3: Exolit OP935 (manufactured by Clariant, aluminum phosphinate, average particle diameter D 50 ; 2.5 μm) (D )-4: KT-300 (manufactured by Kitamura Co., Ltd., fluorine-based filler, average particle diameter D 50 ; 10.0 μm) (D)-5: E101-S (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., liquid crystal polymer, average particle diameter D 50 ; 17.5 μm)

[實施例1] <<塗佈液的製造>> 以固體成分換算計,將100份的合成例1的聚醯亞胺樹脂(P1)、5份的交聯劑((B)-1)、7.0份(相對於不揮發成分而為5.0質量%)的紫外線吸收劑(C)-1、28.0份(相對於不揮發成分而為20.0質量%)的填料(D)-1裝入至容器中,以不揮發成分濃度成為30%的方式加入混合溶劑(甲苯:MEK=9:1(質量比)),利用分散器攪拌10分鐘來獲得塗佈液。 [Example 1] <<Manufacture of Coating Solution>> In terms of solid content, 100 parts of the polyimide resin (P1) of Synthesis Example 1, 5 parts of the crosslinking agent ((B)-1), 7.0 parts (5.0% by mass relative to the non-volatile components) ) UV absorber (C)-1, 28.0 parts (20.0% by mass relative to the non-volatile content) of the filler (D)-1 were placed in a container, and mixed so that the non-volatile content concentration became 30%. A solvent (toluene:MEK=9:1 (mass ratio)) was stirred with a disperser for 10 minutes to obtain a coating liquid.

<<接著片的製造>> 使用刮刀將所獲得的塗佈液以乾燥後的厚度成為25 μm的方式,均勻塗敷於厚度50 μm的重剝離膜(塗佈有重脫模劑的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(Polyethylene terephthalate,PET)膜)上,於100℃下乾燥2分鐘。之後,冷卻至室溫為止,獲得單面帶剝離膜的接著片。繼而,將所獲得的單面帶剝離膜的接著性樹脂片的接著片面重疊於厚度50 μm的輕剝離膜(塗佈有輕脫模劑的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜)上,從而獲得包含重剝離膜/接著片/輕剝離膜的兩面帶剝離膜的接著片。然後,進行後述的評價。將結果示於表3。 <<Manufacture of adhesive sheet>> Using a doctor blade, apply the obtained coating solution evenly on a heavy release film (polyethylene terephthalate coated with a heavy release agent) with a thickness of 50 μm so that the thickness after drying becomes 25 μm. terephthalate, PET) film) and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes. Thereafter, it was cooled to room temperature to obtain an adhesive sheet with a release film on one side. Next, the adhesive surface of the obtained adhesive resin sheet with a release film on one side was superimposed on a light release film (polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film coated with a light release agent) with a thickness of 50 μm. , so as to obtain the adhesive sheet with release film on both sides including heavy release film/adhesive sheet/light release film. Then, the evaluation described later was performed. The results are shown in Table 3.

[實施例2~實施例59、比較例1~比較例9] 變更為表4~表8中記載的調配成分及調配量,除此以外藉由與實施例1相同的方法製備實施例2~實施例59、比較例1~比較例9的塗佈液,獲得兩面帶剝離膜的接著片。各評價結果亦一併示於表4~表8。再者,表中的空欄是指未添加。 [Example 2 to Example 59, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 9] The coating liquids of Examples 2 to 59 and Comparative Examples 1 to 9 were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the formulation components and formulation amounts described in Tables 4 to 8 were changed to obtain Adhesive sheet with release film on both sides. Each evaluation result is also shown in Table 4 - Table 8 together. In addition, the blank column in a table|surface means not adding.

α.與LCP基材的層壓性 自兩面帶剝離膜的接著片將輕剝離膜剝落,利用真空層壓機(日礦材料(Nikko-materials)公司製造 小型加壓式真空層壓機V-130)將所露出的接著片面接著至將50 μm的LCP膜與12 μm的銅箔積層而成的單面覆銅積層板(可樂麗(Kuraray)公司製造,百庫斯特(vecstar)(註冊商標)FCCL Fxx‐05012)的LCP側。再者,真空層壓條件設為加熱溫度90℃、真空時間60秒、真空到達壓2 hPa、壓力0.4 MPa、加壓時間60秒。 繼而,將重剝離膜剝落,同樣地利用真空層壓機將第二張單面覆銅積層板的銅箔側接著至所露出的接著片面上,從而製作銅箔/LCP膜/接著片/LCP膜/銅箔的積層結構的評價用樣品α。 α. Lamination with LCP substrate The light release film is peeled off from the adhesive sheet with release film on both sides, and the exposed adhesive sheet is bonded to LCP side of a single-sided copper-clad laminate (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd., vecstar (registered trademark) FCCL Fxx-05012) in which a 50 μm LCP film and a 12 μm copper foil are laminated . In addition, the vacuum lamination conditions were a heating temperature of 90° C., a vacuum time of 60 seconds, a vacuum reaching pressure of 2 hPa, a pressure of 0.4 MPa, and a pressurization time of 60 seconds. Then, the heavy release film is peeled off, and the copper foil side of the second single-sided copper-clad laminate is bonded to the exposed bonding sheet surface by using a vacuum laminator to make copper foil/LCP film/bonding sheet/LCP Sample α for evaluation of laminated structure of film/copper foil.

自評價用樣品α中切出寬100 mm、長100 mm的試驗片,於23℃且相對濕度50%的環境下保管24小時以上。然後,於23℃且相對濕度50%的環境下,以拉伸速度50 mm/min進行90°撕裂剝離試驗,測定接著強度(N/cm)。 A:2 N/cm以上。結果極其良好。 B:1 N/cm以上且未滿2 N/cm。結果良好。 C:0.5 N/cm以上且未滿1 N/cm。實用範圍內。 D:未滿0.5 N/cm。無法實用。 A test piece with a width of 100 mm and a length of 100 mm was cut out from the evaluation sample α, and stored in an environment of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50% for 24 hours or more. Then, in an environment of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50%, a 90° tearing peel test was performed at a tensile speed of 50 mm/min, and the bonding strength (N/cm) was measured. A: 2 N/cm or more. The results are extremely good. B: 1 N/cm or more and less than 2 N/cm. The result is good. C: 0.5 N/cm to less than 1 N/cm. within the practical range. D: Less than 0.5 N/cm. Can't be practical.

β.硬化物的耐鍍敷液性 硬化物的耐鍍敷液性是根據對各試驗片進行後述的I及II的鍍敷試驗後的外觀進行評價。 [I.酸性鍍敷試驗] 將所述兩面帶剝離膜的接著片切割成65 mm×65 mm的大小,將輕剝離膜剝離。然後,將因剝離而露出的接著片面與新日鐵住金化學公司製造的兩層CCL[艾斯帕乃庫斯(ESPANEX)MC18-25-00FRM]銅面一起於90℃下層壓,繼而於180℃、2.0 MPa的條件下進行60分鐘壓接處理。最後,將重剝離膜剝離而製作評價用試驗片。對於該試驗片,自所述兩面帶剝離膜的接著片將輕剝離膜剝落,依據下述a~g的程序及條件對所露出的接著片面進行無電解鎳處理。 a.酸性脫脂步驟:於40℃的ICP clecn S-135K(奧野製藥工業公司製造)中浸漬4分鐘。 b.微蝕步驟:於30℃的過硫酸鈉中浸漬1分鐘。 c.除灰步驟:於25℃的硫酸中浸漬1分鐘。 d.預浸漬步驟:於25℃的鹽酸中浸漬30秒鐘。 e.活化步驟:於30℃的ICP安可塞拉(AXELA)(奧野製藥工業公司製造)中浸漬1分鐘。 f.後浸漬步驟:於25℃的硫酸中浸漬1分鐘。 g.無電解鎳鍍敷步驟:於85℃的IP尼科龍(Nicoron)FPF(奧野製藥工業公司製造)中浸漬20分鐘。 [II.鹼性鍍敷試驗] 利用與酸鍍敷試驗相同的方法來製作評價用試驗片,依據下述s~w的程序及條件對該試驗片進行無電解鎳處理。 s.鹼性脫脂步驟:於50℃的鹼性脫脂劑(奧野製藥工業公司製造的ace-clean A-220(商標名)50 g/L水溶液)中浸漬5分鐘。 t.蝕刻處理步驟:於包含鉻酸酐400 g/L及98%硫酸400 g/L的水溶液中於67℃下浸漬10分鐘。 u.活化步驟:於含有20 mL/L的98%硫酸的水溶液中於25℃下浸漬2分鐘。 v.觸媒活性賦予:於25℃的觸媒活性化液(含有奧野製藥工業(股)製造的TSP濃縮活化劑(activator conc)(商標名)10 mL/L的水溶液)中浸漬2分鐘。 w.無電解鎳鍍敷步驟:於氨鹼型的自觸媒型無電解鎳鍍敷液(含有奧野製藥工業(股)製造的化學鎳A(商標名)160 mL/L、化學鎳B(商標名)160 mL/L的pH為9的水溶液)中以40℃浸漬5分鐘。 β. Plating solution resistance of cured product The plating solution resistance of the cured product was evaluated based on the appearance of each test piece after performing the plating tests I and II described later. [I. Acid Plating Test] The adhesive sheet with release film on both sides was cut into a size of 65 mm×65 mm, and the light release film was peeled off. Then, the bonded side exposed due to peeling was laminated at 90°C with the two-layer CCL [ESPANEX (ESPANEX) MC18-25-00FRM] copper surface manufactured by Nippon Steel and Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd., and then at 180°C. Crimping treatment for 60 minutes under the conditions of 2.0 MPa and 2.0 °C. Finally, the heavy release film was peeled off to prepare a test piece for evaluation. For this test piece, the light release film was peeled off from the adhesive sheet with release film on both sides, and the exposed adhesive sheet surface was subjected to electroless nickel treatment according to the procedures and conditions of the following a to g. a. Acid degreasing step: immerse in ICP clecn S-135K (manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) at 40° C. for 4 minutes. b. Microetching step: immerse in sodium persulfate at 30° C. for 1 minute. c. Ash removal step: immerse in sulfuric acid at 25°C for 1 minute. d. Pre-dipping step: dipping in hydrochloric acid at 25°C for 30 seconds. e. Activation step: immerse in ICP AXELA (manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) at 30°C for 1 minute. f. Post-dipping step: dipping in sulfuric acid at 25° C. for 1 minute. g. Electroless nickel plating step: dipping in 85° C. IP Nicoron FPF (manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) for 20 minutes. [II. Alkaline plating test] A test piece for evaluation was prepared by the same method as the acid plating test, and the electroless nickel treatment was performed on the test piece according to the procedures and conditions of the following s to w. s. Alkaline degreasing step: immerse in an alkaline degreasing agent (50 g/L aqueous solution of ace-clean A-220 (trade name) manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) at 50° C. for 5 minutes. t. Etching treatment step: dip in an aqueous solution containing 400 g/L of chromic anhydride and 400 g/L of 98% sulfuric acid at 67° C. for 10 minutes. u. Activation step: immerse in an aqueous solution containing 20 mL/L of 98% sulfuric acid at 25°C for 2 minutes. v. Imparting catalyst activity: immerse in a 25° C. catalyst activation solution (an aqueous solution containing 10 mL/L of TSP activator conc (trade name) manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) for 2 minutes. w. Electroless nickel plating step: in ammonia alkali type self-catalytic electroless nickel plating solution (containing chemical nickel A (trade name) 160 mL/L manufactured by Okuno Pharmaceutical Industry Co., Ltd., chemical nickel B ( brand name) in 160 mL/L of an aqueous solution with a pH of 9) at 40°C for 5 minutes.

藉由目視觀察進行了I的處理的評價用試驗片的外觀,確認於硬化後有無接著層的膨脹、剝落等異常。然後,無異常者進而重覆進行三次I的步驟。II的評價用試驗片亦同樣地進行試驗。 該試驗是藉由外觀來評價硬化層相對於鍍敷液的耐受性,藉由a~g的重覆次數來評價耐受性。 A:於I、II任一試驗片中,於第三次浸漬後亦無外觀不良。極其良好。 B:於I、II任一試驗片中,於第二次浸漬之前均無外觀不良,但於第三次浸漬後於任一試驗片中發生外觀不良。良好。 C:於I、II任一試驗片中,於第一次浸漬之前均無外觀不良,但於第二次浸漬後於任一試驗片中發生外觀不良。實用上無問題。 D:於I、II任一試驗片中於第一次浸漬時發生外觀不良。無法實用。 The appearance of the test piece for evaluation subjected to the treatment of I was visually observed to confirm the presence or absence of abnormalities such as expansion and peeling of the adhesive layer after curing. Then, those without abnormalities then repeated the step I three times. The test piece for evaluation of II was also tested in the same manner. In this test, the resistance of the hardened layer to the plating solution is evaluated by the appearance, and the resistance is evaluated by the repetition times of a to g. A: In any of the test pieces I and II, there was no defect in appearance after the third immersion. extremely good. B: In any of the test pieces I and II, there was no defect in appearance before the second immersion, but a defect in appearance occurred in either test piece after the third immersion. good. C: In any of the test pieces I and II, there was no defect in appearance before the first immersion, but a defect in appearance occurred in any test piece after the second immersion. There is no problem practically. D: In any of the test pieces of I and II, appearance defects occurred during the first immersion. Can't be practical.

γ.硬化物的熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性 參照圖1~圖4對評價方法進行說明。對厚度12 μm的銅箔與厚度25 μm的聚醯亞胺膜的積層體進行蝕刻處理,於聚醯亞胺膜1上分別形成包括陰極電極連接點2'的陰極電極用梳型訊號配線2與包括陽極電極連接點3'的陽極電極用梳型訊號配線3(參照圖1)。線/空間設為0.05 mm/0.05 mm。 繼而,於形成有陰極電極用梳型訊號配線2及陽極電極用梳型訊號配線3的面上,將兩面帶剝離膜的接著片的輕剝離膜剝落而貼附接著片面。此時,使陰極電極連接點2'附近及陽極電極連接點3'附近露出。然後,利用真空層壓機進行接著。之後,將重剝離膜剝離,使接著片4露出(參照圖2)。於該接著片4上,以絕緣層5b、銅層5a的兩層結構的單面覆銅積層板(MC18-25-00FRM)5的絕緣層5b與接著片4相接的方式,利用真空層壓機進行接著。然後,藉由熱壓製於180℃、1小時、2 MPa下使其熱硬化,製成接著片4的硬化層4',從而獲得評價用積層板γ(參照圖3、圖4)。 γ. Insulation reliability after heat cycle test of cured product The evaluation method will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 4 . The laminated body of the copper foil with a thickness of 12 μm and the polyimide film with a thickness of 25 μm is etched, and the comb-shaped signal wiring 2 for the cathode electrode including the cathode electrode connection point 2' is formed on the polyimide film 1 respectively. Comb-shaped signal wiring 3 for the anode electrode including the anode electrode connection point 3' (refer to FIG. 1 ). Line/space is set to 0.05 mm/0.05 mm. Next, on the surface on which the comb-shaped signal wiring 2 for cathode electrodes and the comb-shaped signal wiring 3 for anode electrodes were formed, the light release film of the adhesive sheet with release films on both sides was peeled off, and the adhesive sheet was attached. At this time, the vicinity of the cathode electrode connection point 2' and the vicinity of the anode electrode connection point 3' are exposed. Then, bonding is carried out using a vacuum laminator. Thereafter, the heavy release film is peeled off to expose the adhesive sheet 4 (see FIG. 2 ). On the bonding sheet 4, the insulating layer 5b of the single-sided copper-clad laminate (MC18-25-00FRM) 5 of the two-layer structure of the insulating layer 5b and the copper layer 5a is connected to the bonding sheet 4, using a vacuum layer The press is followed. Then, it was thermally cured by hot pressing at 180° C. for 1 hour at 2 MPa to form a hardened layer 4 ′ of the adhesive sheet 4 to obtain a laminate γ for evaluation (see FIGS. 3 and 4 ).

繼而,對評價用積層板γ進行熱循環處理。將評價用積層板γ投入至冷熱衝擊裝置(「TSE‐11‐A」,愛斯佩克(Espec)公司製造),於高溫暴露:125℃、15分鐘、低溫暴露:-50℃、15分鐘的暴露條件下實施200次交替暴露。Next, heat cycle treatment was performed on the evaluation laminate γ. The evaluation laminate γ was placed in a thermal shock device ("TSE-11-A", manufactured by Espec Corporation), exposed to high temperature: 125°C for 15 minutes, and exposed to low temperature: -50°C for 15 minutes 200 alternate exposures were carried out under certain exposure conditions.

之後,針對所取出的評價用積層板γ,於85℃-85%RH(相對濕度)的環境下,將陽極電極連接於陽極電極連接點3',將陰極電極連接於陰極電極連接點2',然後將施加電壓50 V的情況持續1000小時。然後,持續測定經過1000小時之前的電阻值的變化。再者,所謂「漏流接觸(leak touch)」,是指存在由短路引起的絕緣破壞,電阻瞬間降低而電流流動。於不存在漏流接觸的情況下,絕緣性不會降低。評價基準如以下般。 A:經過1000小時後的電阻值為1×10 10Ω以上,且無漏流接觸。極其良好。 B:經過1000小時後的電阻值為1×10 8Ω以上且未滿1×10 10Ω,且無漏流接觸。良好。 C:不符合A、B,經過1000小時後的電阻值為1×10 7Ω以上,且漏流接觸為一次以下。實用上無問題。 D:不符合A~C。無法實用。 After that, for the evaluation laminate γ that was taken out, connect the anode electrode to the anode electrode connection point 3' and the cathode electrode to the cathode electrode connection point 2' in an environment of 85°C-85%RH (relative humidity). , and then the applied voltage of 50 V was continued for 1000 hours. Then, the change in resistance value until 1000 hours elapsed was continuously measured. Furthermore, the so-called "leak touch" means that there is insulation breakdown caused by a short circuit, and the resistance drops momentarily to allow current to flow. In the absence of leakage contact, the insulation will not be reduced. The evaluation criteria are as follows. A: The resistance value after 1000 hours was 1×10 10 Ω or more, and there was no leakage contact. extremely good. B: The resistance value after 1000 hours has passed is 1×10 8 Ω or more and less than 1×10 10 Ω, and there is no leakage contact. good. C: Does not meet A and B, the resistance value after 1000 hours has passed is 1×10 7 Ω or more, and the leakage current contact is one time or less. There is no problem practically. D: Does not correspond to A to C. Can't be practical.

δ.硬化層的雷射加工性 參照圖5對接著片的硬化層的雷射加工性的評價方法進行說明。自兩面帶剝離膜的接著片將輕剝離膜剝落,將所露出的接著片四面接著至於50 μm的聚醯亞胺膜12的兩面積層12 μm的銅箔11而成的兩面覆銅積層板10的一面的銅箔11。繼而,將重剝離膜剝落,同樣地利用真空層壓機使將50 μm的聚醯亞胺膜22與12 μm的銅箔21積層而成的單面覆銅積層板20的聚醯亞胺膜22側接著至所露出的接著片四面。之後,藉由熱壓製於180℃、1小時、2 MPa下使其熱硬化,從而獲得具有銅箔11/聚醯亞胺膜12/銅箔11/接著片的硬化層4'/聚醯亞胺膜22/銅箔21的積層結構的評價樣品δ。 δ. Laser processability of hardened layer The method of evaluating the laser processability of the hardened layer of the adhesive sheet will be described with reference to FIG. 5 . A double-sided copper-clad laminate 10 is formed by peeling off the peeling film from the adhesive sheet with a release film on both sides, and bonding the exposed adhesive sheet to a 50 μm polyimide film 12 on both sides with a 12 μm copper foil 11 on both sides. One side of the copper foil 11. Then, the heavy release film was peeled off, and the polyimide film of the single-sided copper-clad laminate 20 obtained by laminating the polyimide film 22 of 50 μm and the copper foil 21 of 12 μm was similarly laminated using a vacuum laminator. The 22 sides are then connected to the four sides of the exposed bonding sheet. Afterwards, it was heat-cured by hot pressing at 180°C, 1 hour, and 2 MPa to obtain a hardened layer 4'/polyimide film with copper foil 11/polyimide film 12/copper foil 11/adhesive sheet Evaluation sample δ of the laminated structure of the amine film 22 /copper foil 21 .

對於評價樣品δ,使用UV-YAG雷射(莫德爾(Model)5330,ESI公司製造),自單面覆銅積層板20的銅箔21側照射雷射,進行直徑150 μm的盲孔加工,直至接著片的硬化層4'與兩面覆銅積層板10的邊界為止(參照圖5)。繼而,利用雷射顯微鏡(基恩士(Keyence)公司製造的VK-X100)以倍率20倍~500倍左右對盲孔部30的剖面進行觀察,並測定熱硬化性接著片的硬化層4'上產生的側面蝕刻31(水平方向被切削至所設計的開口直徑以上)的最大長度。評價基準如以下般。 A:5 μm以下。結果極其良好。 B:大於5 μm且為7 μm以下。結果良好。 C:大於7 μm且為10 μm以下。為實用範圍內。 D:大於10 μm。無法實用。 For the evaluation sample δ, a UV-YAG laser (Model (Model) 5330, manufactured by ESI Corporation) was used to irradiate the laser from the copper foil 21 side of the single-sided copper-clad laminate 20 to process blind holes with a diameter of 150 μm. Up to the boundary between the hardened layer 4 ′ of the bonding sheet and the double-sided copper-clad laminate 10 (see FIG. 5 ). Next, observe the cross section of the blind hole portion 30 with a laser microscope (VK-X100 manufactured by Keyence Corporation) at a magnification of about 20 times to 500 times, and measure the hardened layer 4' of the thermosetting adhesive sheet. The maximum length of the side etching 31 (horizontally cut to above the designed opening diameter) is produced. The evaluation criteria are as follows. A: 5 μm or less. The results are extremely good. B: More than 5 μm and 7 μm or less. The result is good. C: More than 7 μm and 10 μm or less. within the practical range. D: More than 10 μm. Can't be practical.

ω.硬化層的彎曲性 將各實施例、比較例的兩面帶剝離膜的接著片切割成65 mm×65 mm的大小,將輕剝離膜剝離。然後,將因剝離而露出的接著片面於90℃下層壓於印刷配線板(於聚醯亞胺上形成有銅電路的梳型圖案(導體圖案寬度/空間寬度=50 μm/50 μm,導體的厚度12 μm,聚醯亞胺的厚度25 μm)),進而將接著片的相反側的面的重剝離膜剝離,於90℃下對厚度為25 μm的聚醯亞胺膜[東麗杜邦(股)製造的「卡普頓(Kapton)100H」]進行層壓,藉此製作聚醯亞胺膜/樹脂片/印刷配線板(於聚醯亞胺上形成有銅電路的梳型圖案)的三層結構的膜。繼而,於160℃、1.0 MPa的條件下進行30分鐘壓接處理。進而,使該試驗片於160℃下熱硬化2小時,從而製作評價用試驗片。 將該評價用試驗片以聚醯亞胺膜面為外側的方式彎折180度(以與試驗片的一邊相向的另一邊具有間隙地相向的方式彎折),於配置於上側的聚醯亞胺膜上加載10秒1 kg的負荷,之後,將評價用試驗片恢復至原來的平面狀態。將其設為彎折次數一次。利用基恩士(Keyence)(股)製造的顯微鏡「VHX-900」來觀察接著片的彎折部位有無裂紋,按照如下的基準對產生裂紋之前的次數進行評價。 A:即便彎曲二十次亦無法看到裂紋(crack)。結果極其良好。 B:即便彎曲十次亦無法看到裂紋。至二十次為止產生裂紋。結果良好。 C:即便彎曲五次亦無法看到裂紋。至十次為止產生裂紋。為實用範圍內。 D:彎曲五次之前產生裂紋。無法實用。 ω. Flexibility of hardened layer The adhesive sheet with release film on both sides of each Example and Comparative Example was cut into a size of 65 mm×65 mm, and the light release film was peeled off. Then, the exposed adhesive sheet was laminated at 90°C on a printed wiring board (a comb-shaped pattern of copper circuits formed on polyimide (conductor pattern width/space width=50 μm/50 μm, conductor Thickness of 12 μm, polyimide thickness of 25 μm)), and then peel off the heavy release film on the opposite side of the adhesive sheet, at 90 ° C on the polyimide film with a thickness of 25 μm [Toray DuPont ( Co., Ltd.) by laminating "Kapton (Kapton) 100H"] to produce a polyimide film/resin sheet/printed wiring board (comb-shaped pattern of copper circuits formed on polyimide) three-layer membrane. Next, pressure bonding treatment was performed for 30 minutes under the conditions of 160° C. and 1.0 MPa. Furthermore, this test piece was thermosetted at 160 degreeC for 2 hours, and the test piece for evaluation was produced. The test piece for evaluation was bent 180 degrees so that the polyimide film surface was on the outside (bending so that one side of the test piece faced and the other side faced with a gap), and placed on the polyimide film arranged on the upper side. A load of 1 kg was applied to the amine film for 10 seconds, and thereafter, the test piece for evaluation was returned to its original flat state. Set it to One Bend Count. The presence or absence of cracks at the bent portion of the adhesive sheet was observed using a microscope "VHX-900" manufactured by Keyence Co., Ltd., and the number of times until cracks occurred was evaluated according to the following criteria. A: No cracks can be seen even after bending twenty times. The results are extremely good. B: No cracks were seen even after bending ten times. Cracks occurred up to twenty times. The result is good. C: No cracks were seen even after bending five times. Cracks were generated up to ten times. within the practical range. D: Cracks were generated before bending five times. Can't be practical.

[表4] 表4 實施例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) [質量份] P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 交聯劑(B) [質量份] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 紫外線吸收劑(C) [質量%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 填料(D) [質量%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 表示聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7[Pa]的溫度[℃] 33 32 34 39 31 35 41 48 49 49 53 62 65 47 49 熱硬化性組成物的硬化物的Tg[℃] 38 38 37 43 46 42 44 55 59 55 58 71 73 52 55 評價 α:對LCP基材的層壓性 A A A A A A A A A B B C C A A β:耐鍍敷液性 B B B B B C A B A B A B A A A γ:熱循環後的絕緣可靠性 B B B C B C A B A B A C B A A δ:雷射加工性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω:彎曲性 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C [Table 4] Table 4 Example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Polyimide resin (A) [parts by mass] P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Crosslinking agent (B) [parts by mass] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 UV absorber (C) [mass%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Filler (D) [mass%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Indicates the temperature [°C] at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) is 1.0×10 7 [Pa] 33 32 34 39 31 35 41 48 49 49 53 62 65 47 49 Tg of cured product of thermosetting composition [°C] 38 38 37 43 46 42 44 55 59 55 58 71 73 52 55 evaluate α: Lamination to LCP substrate A A A A A A A A A B B C C A A β: Resistance to plating solution B B B B B C A B A B A B A A A γ: Insulation reliability after thermal cycling B B B C B C A B A B A C B A A δ: laser processability A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω: bendability C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

[表5] 表5 實施例 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) [質量份] P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 交聯劑(B) [質量份] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 5 (B)-4 5 (B)-5 5 (B)-6 5 (B)-7 5 (B)-8 紫外線吸收劑(C) [質量%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 填料(D) [質量%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 表示聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7[Pa]的溫度[℃] 38 41 40 46 45 42 81 20 13 3 40 40 40 40 40 熱硬化性組成物的硬化物的Tg[℃] 44 48 51 49 41 43 85 24 17 7 52 49 55 48 44 評價 α:對LCP基材的層壓性 A A A A A A C A A A A A A A A β:耐鍍敷液性 B A A A C B B B C C A A A A A γ:熱循環後的絕緣可靠性 B A A A B C B B C C B C B B B δ:雷射加工性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω:彎曲性 C C C C C C C B A A C C C C C [table 5] table 5 Example 16 17 18 19 20 twenty one twenty two twenty three twenty four 25 26 27 28 29 30 Polyimide resin (A) [parts by mass] P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Crosslinking agent (B) [parts by mass] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 5 (B)-4 5 (B)-5 5 (B)-6 5 (B)-7 5 (B)-8 UV absorber (C) [mass%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Filler (D) [mass%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Indicates the temperature [°C] at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) is 1.0×10 7 [Pa] 38 41 40 46 45 42 81 20 13 3 40 40 40 40 40 Tg of cured product of thermosetting composition [°C] 44 48 51 49 41 43 85 twenty four 17 7 52 49 55 48 44 evaluate α: Lamination property to LCP substrate A A A A A A C A A A A A A A A β: Resistance to plating solution B A A A C B B B C C A A A A A γ: Insulation reliability after thermal cycling B A A A B C B B C C B C B B B δ: laser processability A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω: bendability C C C C C C C B A A C C C C C

[表6] 表6 實施例 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) [質量份] P18 P18 P18 P18 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 交聯劑(B) [質量份] (B)-1 0.5 3 7 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 2.5 (B)-4 2.5 2.5 (B)-5 2.5 2.5 (B)-6 2.5 (B)-7 2.5 (B)-8 紫外線吸收劑(C) [質量%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.4 5.4 5.5 5.4 5.3 填料(D) [質量%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 2.0 3.0 10.8 31.8 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 表示聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7[Pa]的溫度[℃] 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 熱硬化性組成物的硬化物的Tg[℃] 50 51 57 65 51 50 56 50 51 50 46 48 48 50 53 評價 α:對LCP基材的層壓性 A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A β:耐鍍敷液性 A A A A A A A A A A C C B A A γ:熱循環後的絕緣可靠性 C A B C A B A B B B C C B A A δ:雷射加工性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω:彎曲性 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C [Table 6] Table 6 Example 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Polyimide resin (A) [parts by mass] P18 P18 P18 P18 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Crosslinking agent (B) [parts by mass] (B)-1 0.5 3 7 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 (B)-3 2.5 (B)-4 2.5 2.5 (B)-5 2.5 2.5 (B)-6 2.5 (B)-7 2.5 (B)-8 UV absorber (C) [mass%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.4 5.4 5.5 5.4 5.3 Filler (D) [mass%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 2.0 3.0 10.8 31.8 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Indicates the temperature [°C] at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) is 1.0×10 7 [Pa] 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Tg of cured product of thermosetting composition [°C] 50 51 57 65 51 50 56 50 51 50 46 48 48 50 53 evaluate α: Lamination property to LCP substrate A A A B A A A A A A A A A A A β: Resistance to plating solution A A A A A A A A A A C C B A A γ: Insulation reliability after thermal cycling C A B C A B A B B B C C B A A δ: laser processability A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ω: bendability C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

[表7] 表7 實施例 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) [質量份] P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P19 P20 P1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 交聯劑(B) [質量份] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 5 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 紫外線吸收劑(C) [質量%] (C)-1 5.3 3.6 5.2 0.0 0.2 2.5 7.5 10.0 11.7 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 填料(D) [質量%] (D)-1 42.0 60.0 63.7 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 表示聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7[Pa]的溫度[℃] 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 熱硬化性組成物的硬化物的Tg[℃] 57 65 71 55 54 55 52 46 43 51 51 52 53 36 評價 α:對LCP基材的層壓性 A B C A A A A A A A A A A A β:耐鍍敷液性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A C γ:熱循環後的絕緣可靠性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A C δ:雷射加工性 A A A C B A A B C A A A A A ω:彎曲性 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C [Table 7] Table 7 Example 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Polyimide resin (A) [parts by mass] P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P18 P19 P20 P1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Crosslinking agent (B) [parts by mass] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (B)-2 5 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 UV absorber (C) [mass%] (C)-1 5.3 3.6 5.2 0.0 0.2 2.5 7.5 10.0 11.7 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Filler (D) [mass%] (D)-1 42.0 60.0 63.7 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 0.0 Indicates the temperature [°C] at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) is 1.0×10 7 [Pa] 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 33 Tg of cured product of thermosetting composition [°C] 57 65 71 55 54 55 52 46 43 51 51 52 53 36 evaluate α: Lamination property to LCP substrate A B C A A A A A A A A A A A β: Resistance to plating solution A A A A A A A A A A A A A C γ: Insulation reliability after thermal cycling A A A A A A A A A A A A A C δ: laser processability A A A C B A A B C A A A A A ω: bendability C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

[表8] 表8 比較例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A) [質量份] P26 P27 P28 P29 P30 P18 P19 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 交聯劑(B) [質量份] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 0.3 11 (B)-2 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 5 紫外線吸收劑(C) [質量%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.2 5.0 5.0 5.0 填料(D) [質量%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.7 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 表示聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)的儲存彈性係數G'為1.0×10 7[Pa]的溫度[℃] 35 8 88 93 -8 40 40 40 40 熱硬化性組成物的硬化物的Tg[℃] 37 9 83 85 -4 40 46 50 72 評價 α:對LCP基材的層壓性 C C D D A C A A C β:耐鍍敷液性 D D A A D D D A A γ:熱循環後的絕緣可靠性 C C C C D D D D D δ:雷射加工性 A A A A A C A A A ω:彎曲性 C B D D A C C C C [Table 8] Table 8 comparative example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Polyimide resin (A) [parts by mass] P26 P27 P28 P29 P30 P18 P19 P18 P18 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Crosslinking agent (B) [parts by mass] (B)-1 5 5 5 5 5 0.3 11 (B)-2 (B)-3 (B)-4 (B)-5 (B)-6 (B)-7 (B)-8 5 UV absorber (C) [mass%] (C)-1 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.2 5.0 5.0 5.0 Filler (D) [mass%] (D)-1 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.7 20.0 20.0 20.0 (D)-2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (D)-5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Indicates the temperature [°C] at which the storage modulus G' of the polyimide resin (A) is 1.0×10 7 [Pa] 35 8 88 93 -8 40 40 40 40 Tg of cured product of thermosetting composition [°C] 37 9 83 85 -4 40 46 50 72 evaluate α: Lamination property to LCP substrate C C D. D. A C A A C β: Resistance to plating solution D. D. A A D. D. D. A A γ: Insulation reliability after thermal cycling C C C C D. D. D. D. D. δ: laser processability A A A A A C A A A ω: bendability C B D. D. A C C C C

使用了不具有酚性羥基的聚醯亞胺樹脂的組成物如比較例1、比較例2所示,耐鍍敷液性差。另外,使用了不具有源自二聚物二胺及/或二聚物二異氰酸酯的殘基X 2d的聚醯亞胺樹脂的比較例3中對LCP基材的層壓性差。進而,使用了儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度超過90℃的聚醯亞胺樹脂的比較例4中對LCP基材的層壓性亦差。另外,關於交聯劑(B)的量相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)100質量份而為0.5質量份~30質量份的範圍外的比較例5~比較例8,於熱循環試驗後的抗遷移性等方面差。另一方面,可確認到本發明的實施例1~實施例59即便於低溫、短時間內於LCP基材上層壓性亦優異。另外,可確認到硬化物中耐鹼性及耐酸性優異,進而熱循環試驗後的絕緣可靠性優異。 [產業上之可利用性] As shown in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the composition using a polyimide resin having no phenolic hydroxyl group was poor in plating solution resistance. In addition, in Comparative Example 3 using a polyimide resin having no residue X 2 d derived from dimer diamine and/or dimer diisocyanate, the lamination property to the LCP substrate was poor. Furthermore, in Comparative Example 4 using a polyimide resin whose storage modulus G' becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa at a temperature exceeding 90° C., the lamination property to the LCP substrate was also poor. In addition, for Comparative Examples 5 to 8 in which the amount of the crosslinking agent (B) was outside the range of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polyimide resin (A), after the thermal cycle test poor migration resistance. On the other hand, it was confirmed that Examples 1 to 59 of the present invention were excellent in lamination property on LCP base material even at low temperature and in a short time. In addition, it was confirmed that the cured product was excellent in alkali resistance and acid resistance, and that it was also excellent in insulation reliability after a thermal cycle test. [Industrial availability]

本發明的熱硬化性組成物較佳作為接著片。另外,該接著片較佳作為用於以印刷配線板為代表的各種構件間的接合的接著片。進而,本發明的熱硬化性組成物的硬化物較佳作為發熱體與散熱器的接著層或散熱片。另外,亦較佳作為包覆搭載於基板上的一種或多種電子零件的散熱層。The thermosetting composition of the present invention is preferably used as an adhesive sheet. Moreover, this adhesive sheet is preferable as an adhesive sheet for bonding between various members represented by a printed wiring board. Furthermore, the cured product of the thermosetting composition of the present invention is preferably used as an adhesive layer between a heating element and a heat sink or as a heat sink. In addition, it is also preferably used as a heat dissipation layer covering one or more electronic components mounted on the substrate.

1:聚醯亞胺膜 2:陰極電極用梳型訊號配線 2':陰極電極連接點 3:陽極電極用梳型訊號配線 3':陽極電極連接點 4:接著片 4':硬化層 5:單面覆銅積層板 5a:銅層 5b:絕緣層 10:兩面覆銅積層板 11:銅箔 12:聚醯亞胺膜 20:單面覆銅積層板 21:銅箔 22:聚醯亞胺膜 30:盲孔部 31:側面蝕刻 1: Polyimide film 2: Comb signal wiring for cathode electrodes 2': Cathode electrode connection point 3: Comb signal wiring for anode electrodes 3': Anode electrode connection point 4: Next film 4': hardened layer 5: Single-sided copper-clad laminate 5a: copper layer 5b: Insulation layer 10: Double-sided copper-clad laminate 11: copper foil 12: Polyimide film 20: Single-sided copper-clad laminate 21: copper foil 22: Polyimide film 30: blind hole 31: Side etching

圖1是用於對本實施例的評價基板進行說明的示意性俯視圖。 圖2是用於對本實施例的評價基板進行說明的示意性俯視圖。 圖3是用於對本實施例的評價基板進行說明的示意性俯視圖。 圖4是圖3的IV-IV切斷部剖面圖。 圖5是本實施例的雷射加工評價方法的示意性說明圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic plan view for explaining an evaluation substrate of this example. FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view for explaining the evaluation substrate of this example. FIG. 3 is a schematic plan view for explaining the evaluation substrate of this example. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a section IV-IV in Fig. 3 . FIG. 5 is a schematic explanatory diagram of the laser processing evaluation method of the present embodiment.

1:聚醯亞胺膜 1: Polyimide film

2:陰極電極用梳型訊號配線 2: Comb signal wiring for cathode electrodes

2':陰極電極連接點 2': Cathode electrode connection point

3:陽極電極用梳型訊號配線 3: Comb signal wiring for anode electrodes

3':陽極電極連接點 3': Anode electrode connection point

Claims (9)

一種熱硬化性組成物,包含聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)、及具有兩個以上官能基的交聯劑(B),所述熱硬化性組成物中, 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)具有通式(1)所表示的結構的重複單元,且具有酚性羥基,
Figure 03_image001
X 1於每個重複單元分別獨立地為四價四羧酸殘基,X 2於每個重複單元分別獨立地為二價有機基,所述X 1與醯亞胺鍵相互鍵結而形成兩個醯亞胺環, 所述X 2的至少一部分為源自二聚物二胺及/或二聚物二異氰酸酯的殘基X 2d, 聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中儲存彈性係數G'成為1.0×10 7Pa的溫度處於0℃~90℃中的任一溫度, 交聯劑(B)包含選自由含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)所組成的群組中的一種以上, 相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)100質量份,含環氧基的化合物(b1)、氰酸酯酯化合物(b2)、含異氰酸酯基的化合物(b3)、金屬螯合化合物(b4)、含碳二醯亞胺基的化合物(b5)及含馬來醯亞胺基的化合物(b6)的合計含量為0.5質量份~10質量份。
A thermosetting composition comprising a polyimide resin (A) and a crosslinking agent (B) having two or more functional groups. In the thermosetting composition, the polyimide resin (A) has A repeating unit of the structure represented by the general formula (1), and having a phenolic hydroxyl group,
Figure 03_image001
X 1 is independently a tetravalent tetracarboxylic acid residue in each repeating unit, and X 2 is independently a divalent organic group in each repeating unit, and the X 1 and the imide bond are bonded to each other to form two an imide ring, at least a part of X 2 is the residue X 2 d derived from dimer diamine and/or dimer diisocyanate, and the storage elastic coefficient G' in the polyimide resin (A) The temperature at which 1.0×10 7 Pa becomes 1.0×10 7 Pa is any temperature between 0°C and 90°C, and the crosslinking agent (B) contains compounds selected from epoxy group-containing compounds (b1), cyanate ester compounds (b2), isocyanate-containing One or more of the group consisting of compound (b3), metal chelate compound (b4), carbodiimide-containing compound (b5) and maleimide-containing compound (b6), Epoxy group-containing compound (b1), cyanate ester compound (b2), isocyanate group-containing compound (b3), metal chelate compound (b4), The total content of the carbodiimide group-containing compound (b5) and the maleimide group-containing compound (b6) is 0.5 to 10 parts by mass.
如請求項1所述的熱硬化性組成物,其中於180℃、60分鐘的條件下熱硬化後的玻璃轉移溫度為0℃~70℃。The thermosetting composition according to claim 1, wherein the glass transition temperature after thermosetting at 180°C for 60 minutes is 0°C to 70°C. 如請求項1或2所述的熱硬化性組成物,包含滿足以下的(i)~(iv)中的至少任一者的酚性羥基作為所述酚性羥基, (i)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,於具有所述酚性羥基的芳香環的間位或鄰位鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子; (ii)於分子鏈末端具有酚性羥基,具有與具有所述酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於所述脂肪族基鍵結有形成源自單胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子; (iii)所述X 2的一部分為具有酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,於具有所述酚性羥基的芳香環鍵結有形成源自二胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子; (iv)所述X 2的一部分為具有酚性羥基的二胺殘基X 2f,具有與具有所述酚性羥基的芳香環直接鍵結的脂肪族基,於所述脂肪族基鍵結有形成源自二胺的醯亞胺環的氮原子。 The thermosetting composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising, as the phenolic hydroxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group satisfying at least any one of the following (i) to (iv), (i) at the end of the molecular chain Has a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine is bonded to the meta-position or ortho-position of the aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group; (ii) has a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the molecular chain, Has an aliphatic group directly bonded to the aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a monoamine is bonded to the aliphatic group; (iii) the X2 A part is a diamine residue X 2 f having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a nitrogen atom forming an imide ring derived from a diamine is bonded to the aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group; (iv) the X 2 A part is a diamine residue X 2 f having a phenolic hydroxyl group, has an aliphatic group directly bonded to an aromatic ring having the phenolic hydroxyl group, and has an acyl group derived from a diamine bonded to the aliphatic group. The nitrogen atom of the imine ring. 如請求項1或2所述的熱硬化性組成物,其中聚醯亞胺樹脂(A)中的所述X 1的至少一部分為具有脂肪族基的X 1a,相對於所述X 1100莫耳%,具有60莫耳%~100莫耳%的所述X 1a。 The thermosetting composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least a part of the X 1 in the polyimide resin (A) is X 1 a having an aliphatic group, and relative to the X 1 100 Mole %, having 60 mole % to 100 mole % of said X 1 a. 如請求項1或2所述的熱硬化性組成物,其中相對於不揮發成分100質量%,包含0.1質量%~10質量%的紫外線吸收劑(C)。The thermosetting composition according to claim 1 or 2, which contains 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass of the ultraviolet absorber (C) relative to 100% by mass of non-volatile components. 如請求項1或2所述的熱硬化性組成物,其中相對於不揮發成分100質量%,包含3質量%~60質量%的填料(D)。The thermosetting composition according to claim 1 or 2, which contains 3% by mass to 60% by mass of the filler (D) relative to 100% by mass of non-volatile components. 一種接著片,包含如請求項1至6中任一項所述的熱硬化性組成物。An adhesive sheet comprising the thermosetting composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6. 一種印刷配線板,使用如請求項7所述的接著片而形成。A printed wiring board formed using the bonding sheet as described in Claim 7. 一種電子機器,具有如請求項8所述的印刷配線板。An electronic machine having the printed wiring board as described in Claim 8.
TW111138368A 2021-12-13 2022-10-11 Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards, and electronic devices TWI823606B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021201930A JP7156494B1 (en) 2021-12-13 2021-12-13 Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards and electronic devices
JP2021-201930 2021-12-13

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202323387A true TW202323387A (en) 2023-06-16
TWI823606B TWI823606B (en) 2023-11-21

Family

ID=83688451

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111138368A TWI823606B (en) 2021-12-13 2022-10-11 Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards, and electronic devices

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7156494B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI823606B (en)
WO (1) WO2023112443A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015117278A (en) 2013-12-17 2015-06-25 株式会社ティ−アンドケイ東華 Functionalized polyimide resin and epoxy resin composition including the same
JP6391851B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2018-09-19 積水化学工業株式会社 Interlayer insulating material and multilayer printed wiring board
KR20200138165A (en) 2018-03-28 2020-12-09 세키스이가가쿠 고교가부시키가이샤 Curable resin composition, adhesive, adhesive film, circuit board, interlayer insulating material, and printed wiring board
JP7474064B2 (en) 2019-02-18 2024-04-24 積水化学工業株式会社 Resin materials and multilayer printed wiring boards
JP6872081B2 (en) * 2019-03-15 2021-05-19 日本化薬株式会社 Polyamic acid resin, polyimide resin and resin composition containing these
JP7400678B2 (en) 2020-09-25 2023-12-19 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Thermosetting compositions, thermosetting sheets, cured products, cured sheets and printed wiring boards
JP6981522B1 (en) 2020-12-15 2021-12-15 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Thermosetting resin composition and its use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7156494B1 (en) 2022-10-19
WO2023112443A1 (en) 2023-06-22
JP2023087512A (en) 2023-06-23
TWI823606B (en) 2023-11-21
JP2023087643A (en) 2023-06-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN107793991B (en) Copper-clad laminate for flexible printed wiring board, and flexible printed wiring board
TWI494373B (en) Resin composition for printed circuit boards
CN108690193B (en) Polyimide, adhesive material, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, copper foil, copper-clad laminate, wiring board, and method for producing same
CN108690194B (en) Polyimide, adhesive material, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, copper foil, copper-clad laminate, wiring board, and method for producing same
CN106916306B (en) Resin composition, and insulating substrate and circuit board comprising same
JP7491343B2 (en) Resin composition, cured product of resin composition, resin sheet, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
CN108690552B (en) Adhesive, adhesive material, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, copper foil, copper-clad laminate, wiring board, and method for producing same
JP2011256372A (en) Resin composition
JP7135970B2 (en) resin composition
JP2020105493A (en) Polyimide, polyimide resin composition, polyimide film, adhesive, film-like adhesive, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, resin-coated copper foil, copper clad laminate and printed wiring board, and method for producing polyimide
JP2023010737A (en) resin composition
JP2023002638A (en) resin composition
JP2021014577A (en) Resin composition
JP2021161387A (en) Polyimide, crosslinked polyimide, adhesive film, laminate, coverlay film, copper foil with resin, metal-clad laminate, circuit board and multilayer circuit board
CN113174231B (en) Polyimide resin composition, adhesive composition, and related articles thereof
TWI823606B (en) Thermosetting compositions, adhesive sheets, printed wiring boards, and electronic devices
TW202340323A (en) Polyimide resin, resin composition containing the polyimide resin and cured product thereof
TW202233416A (en) Polyimide resin composition, adhesive composition, film adhesive material, adhesive sheet, copper foil with resin, copper clad laminate, printed wiring board and polyimide film a polyimide resin layer with low dielectric constant, low dielectric loss tangent and excellent solder heat resistance
JP7135919B2 (en) resin composition
CN111138856B (en) Resin composition
TWI832614B (en) Resin compositions, laminate sheets, prepregs, cured products, substrates with cured products, and electronic devices
TW202037678A (en) Resin composition for obtaining a cured product capable of suppressing the generation of via bottom voids when forming a conductor layer by sputtering
CN112011308A (en) Composition, adhesive material, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, copper foil, copper-clad laminate, wiring board, and method for producing same
JP7351396B1 (en) Resin compositions, laminate sheets, prepregs, cured products, substrates with cured products, and electronic devices
JP7200861B2 (en) resin composition